ird n
Th itioEd

ISCAR’s Quick
Reference Guide for
Die and Mold Making
Metric Version

www.iscar.com

Dear Die and Mold Maker,
our Distinguished Customer and Colleague,
Our primary concern, as a tool manufacturer, is to provide you with the most progressive and mosthigh-efficiency cutting tools that will meet your requirements and answer the purpose ofmodern technology.
Cutting metal faster and more accurate means cutting machining time and cost per part.
In many cases the cutting tool, which is sometimes seen as the more insignificant link in the chainof production costs, presents a barrier to achieving productivity. We, at ISCAR, are aware of that
fact; and our ongoing research and development intends to develop those cutting tools that will
increase your manufacturing productivity, improve the performance of your workshop and leadyour die-making process to be more profitable.
The research and development result in various innovative solutions that we offer to our customers.
The variety of ISCAR tools is very rich, and sometimes, it is not so simple to be well oriented
in it. Therefore, we hope that this guide will help you in right tool selection and will be a good
supplement to our catalogs, reference forms and leaflets because it takes into account specificfeatures of die and mold making. First of all the guide emphasizes the latest solutions in order togive you the opportunity of becoming familiar with them.
Also, we included here some more general information, tips and even historical issues related tothe discussed material and hope that you will find them useful.
We will be thankful for your every remark or suggestion regarding the guide.
We consider ourselves as your true colleague in the die and mold making process at your location
and will be proud and sincerely pleased if you will feel the same.

Contents
Foreword .......................................................................................................

3

Die and Mold Materials ................................................................................

4

Typical Examples of Dies and Molds ...........................................................

8

Cutting Tools in the Die and Mold Industry..................................................

9

Milling Tools...................................................................................................

10

1. 90˚ Shoulder Milling.....................................................................

13

2. Milling Plane Surfaces.................................................................

36

3. Milling Contoured Surfaces (Profiling)..........................................

44

Hole Making Tools......................................................................................... 119
In Summation................................................................................................. 121
Technical Information.................................................................................... 122

3
Die and Mold

ISCAR Tool Families
Referenced in this Guide
1. Milling Tools

2. Hole Making Tools

4Foreword
A lot of things around us, parts or even fully completed products, are produced in dies andmolds: an internal cylinder block or a toy, a plastic container or a crankshaft, a bottle or a jet
turbine blade, a tin soldier or a boat. These objects differ in their form, material, sizes, mechanicalproperties, and are manufactured by different technological methods of metal forming orprocessing of plastics.
Broadly speaking a die or a mold, being an assembly unit, comprises various elements, andmany of them are standard or unified. A form of a part that is produced in the die or the moldis determined by several main components (cavities, rams, etc.).
Shaping the components is a central operation in die and mold manufacturing that demands fromdie and mold makers rich knowledge, skills and experience. A die and mold maker is rightfully
considered as one of the most professionally skilled workers in manufacturing. Modern CNC
technology and CAD/CAM systems substantially change die and mold making, turning it fromcraft into a whole branch of trade.

For e word

A part intended to be produced in a die or mold dictates shape and sizes of the die ormold and accuracy requirements; and a forming technology and the part run size – the dieor mold material. The part shape and the die or mold material are a source data fordie and mold making.

Automotive Industry is a major consumer of dies and molds. Approximately 60%
of stamping dies and 40% of plastic molds produce automotive parts.
There are different kinds of dies and molds, which can be grouped in the following principal
types: forging dies, stamping (pressing) dies, die casting dies and molds for plastics.
In manufacturing a die or mold, the shape and the sizes are the main factors of the degreeof difficulty for machining:• Low degree in case of plane areas, simple shapes, shallow cavities etc.
• Medium, when the shape becomes more complicated, the sizes bigger and the cavities
deeper; rams have steep walls, etc.
• High degree in the context of very complex shape, narrow and deep cavities, considerable
difference between heights, etc.
Also, difficulty in machining is a function of machinability of the die or mold material.
The key to productive and effective die and mold making is the process planning – the choiceof technology of the die or mold manufacturing that, in general, includes machining
operations, assembly and finishing works. Today’s CAD/CAM software enables analyzing thedie or mold design, defining machining strategy, developing CNC programs and machining
simulation in order to find the most efficient solution that allows full use of advantages ofmodern machine tools.
The right machining strategy is directly related to correctly chosen cutting tools that
perform material removal during operation. A tool, which seems to be a secondary elementof the die and mold process, is a substantial factor of productivity and profitability.
We, at ISCAR, distinctly understand the role of cutting tools in the die and mold industry and try
to provide the die and mold maker with reliable and efficient tooling that meets every
requirement of the branch. The right tool selection depends on different factors.
We will discuss them here briefly, explain the tools’ features and thus build a basefor the correct tool choice.

5
Die and Mold

Die and Mold Materials
We have already noticed that a die or mold has different movable and stationary parts(clamping elements, springs, pins, bolts, bushings, support pillars, etc.) generally made fromdifferent engineering materials, from plastics to cemented carbides.

Die and Mold Materials

However, key die or mold parts that act on specific requirements of the die and mold industry
usually are from particular materials, which should be emphasized.

6

Tool Steels
Tool steels relate to a type of steels that, as indicated in its name, is intended first of all formaking tools for cutting and forming metals and other materials. There are many national andinternational standards for specified tool steels. Moreover, in order to answer to the particularrequirements of industry, steel manufacturers produce different steels in accordance with theirown specification. These steels often have no standard designation and are identified by theirtrade names. In this guide we use the standards of the American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI)
and the Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE). The parallel designation in conformity
with other acting standards is sometimes given in the text; and the information section at theend of this guide contains a cross-reference table with comparative designation of tool steels
in keeping with the different national standards.

Die and mold makers deal with steel in wide ranges of hardness, from low (HB 200 and less)to high (HRC 63).
In line with the main field of application there are six general and two special-purpose classesof tool steels, from which the following are the most popular in the die and mold industry:• Cold-work tool steels including A series (air-hardening medium-alloy),
D series (high-carbon high-chromium) and O series (oil hardening)• Hot-work H series• Water hardening W series• Plastic mold P series• Shock resistant S series• Special-purpose L series (low-alloy)
In die and mold design, the main properties of tool steels are strength, wear resistance,
corrosion resistance, etc. However, while for a die and tool maker dealing with the material,
which has already been specified by designers, more important properties are: hardness,machinability, polishability and dimensional stability.
The steel manufacturers supply steels in different delivery conditions: annealed, pre-hardened
and hardened. Consequently, in die and mold making process, hardness of tool steel(even the same grade) can vary within a wide range from HB 200 and less (soft steel)to HRC 63 (hard steel). Normally, high stock removal rate characterizes rough machining ofa soft material while closed allowances are usual for finish cuts when material hardness is high.
The term “pre-hardened steel” is not well-defined. It means that steel is hardened and tempered
to relatively not high hardness but different steel producers use different limits for its
specification. Generally, it is less than HRC 45, however, in technical literature and references thesteels with that hardness often relate to hard steel. The term and its hardness limit are allied
to cutting tool development and their ability to cut material. Therefore, steels can be divided
into the following conditional groups depending on their hardness:

Table 1 shows some features of the most typical tool steels that are common in thedie and mold industry.

Table 1 Typical Tool Steels for Die and Mold Making
Designation

DeliveryCategory

Hardening

Application examples
Cold blanking, extrusion,coining dies, molds

AISI/SAE DIN W.-Nr. Annealed to Prehardened
A2

1.2363

HB 220

HRC 56-60

D2

1.2379

HB 210

HRC 56-62

D3

1.2080

HB 240

HRC 56-62

Cold stamping dies and punchesO11.2510

HB 200

HRC 58-62

Forming dies and parts,
cold stamping diesH11

1.2343

HB 180

HRC 46-52

Hot extrusion dies, plastic molds

H13

1.2344

HB 190

HRC 44-54

Die-casting dies, punches,
plastic molds

P20

1.2330

HB 280

HRC 48-52

Plastic molds

HRC 50-58

Hot forging dies, punches, master
hobs, cold extrusion dies

HRC 50-60

Drop forging dies, die-casting dies,
plastic molds

Cold-work
tool steels

Hot-work
tool steels
Plastic moldsteelsShock-resistantsteelsSpecialpurpose steels

S7
L6

HRC 32-36

HB 2001.2713

HB 230

HRC 36-44

Cold stamping and extrusion diesand punches,
forging dies, master hobs

Not relating directly to tool steels, so called maraging steels (the term includes the words
martensitic and aging) became be more and more usable in die and mold making, particularly, in
manufacturing plastic molds. They have relatively high Ni and Co percentage, can be supplied in
pre-hardened state (HRC 30-36, Maraging 250 and Maraging 300, for instance) and are hardened
to HRC 58. Nevertheless, despite their dimensional stability and good polishability, they are still
considerably expensive comparing with mold steels, and therefore their application in the die andmold industry is limited.

Die and Mold Materials• Soft annealed to hardness up to HB 250• Pre-hardened to two ranges:- HRC 30-37- HRC 38-44• Hardened to two ranges:- HRC 45-49- HRC 50-55- HRC 56-63 and more

7
Die and Mold

Stainless Steels
Martensitic stainless steels (AISI 420, 420F) are widely used for producing plastic molds, especially,for cavities of small to medium sizes with complicated shapes and substantial differences in crosssections. They are supplied as annealed to HB 200, and their heat treatment after machining is
simple.

Die and Mold Materials

Alloy Steels and Plain Carbon Steels

8

Alloy and even plain carbon steels are used for various general parts such as holders, pillars, pins,
rings, etc. Moreover, in many cases (low-run production dies, some kinds of molds) AISI/SAE
4130, 4140 and 4150 steels are main materials for forming parts. These three steels are usually
supplied in an annealed state or pre-hardened to HRC 32-35 and can be hardened to HRC 44-52.

The die and mold industry handles practically all types of engineering materials, but the most typicalfor the branch are tool steels.

Cast Iron
Cast iron (especially grey) is also considered as a die and mold material for manufacturing largesized parts, plates, spacers, bushings and other components where wear is not expected. In
addition, nodular cast iron sometimes is used for dies, punches, jigs and pads and even for molds.

Nonferrous Metals
Aluminum is not the most popular material in the die and mold industry, but it often used for
prototype dies and molds, for multiplied identical molds, short life molds and various extrusion
molds because it is easy to machine and low cost. Today aluminum starts to penetrate into resin
mold manufacturing due to its much better thermal conductivity, machinability and polishability
compared to mold steels. The following aluminum alloys: 2024, 6061 and 7075 (in accordancewith the Aluminum Association Alloy and Temper Designation System) are more and morecommon in mold making practice.
Beryllium-copper alloys and zinc alloy are materials for blow molds, injection mold components
and cavity inserts. Modern metal producers offer beryllium-copper alloys that have enough strengthand good wear and corrosion resistance properties. In machining, they are cut 2-3 times fasterthan tool steels. The alloys’ hardness is HRC 30-42, depending on the hardness grade. For thisreason the beryllium-copper alloys can replace traditional tool steels and stainless steels as a moldmaterial in some cases.
Electrical discharge machining (EDM) is another important field of nonferrous metals applicationin die and mold making. Electrodes for EDM are produced from brass, copper, copper tungsten(60-70% of tungsten) and graphite.

Machinability of Die and Mold Materials

Carbon steels
1020
1060

72%
51%

1030
1212

72%
100%

1045
1215

57%
136%

Alloy steels
4130
5015

72%
78%

4140
8620

66%
68%

4340
8720

57%
68%

Tool steels
A2
D7
H13
L6
P2
P21
S7

42%
25%
46%
39%
42%
38%
45%

D2
H11
H19
O1
P5
S1
W1

27%
49
43%
42%
42%
36%
48%

D3
H12
H21
O6
P20
S5
W2

28%
46%
36%
57%
38%
31%
45%

420

45%

430

45%

Maraging 300

33%

Martensitic stainless steels
403
55%

Grey cast iron (ASTM A48-76 classes¹)
20 (DIN GG 10)73%40 (DIN GG 25)

48%

Nodular cast iron (ASTM A 536-80 classes)
65-45-12 (DIN GGG 50)
61%
80-55-06 (DIN GGG 60)

Aluminum alloys
6061-T

200%		

Copper and copper alloys

7075-T

39%

Die and Mold Materials

The following data can be useful for estimating machinability of common die and mold materials in
regular delivery conditions. Machinability rating is based on AISI/SAE 1212 free cutting
steel as 100%.

140%

80%-120%¹ ASTM is the American Society for Testing and Materials

9
Die and Mold

Typical Examples of Dies and Molds
10

Typical Examples of Dies and Molds
Forging die
Die component……………....................
Material…………….………....................
Hardness……………...............………...
Machining difficulty.................................
Run size………………..............…….....
Formed part……………….....................

cavityS7
HRC 52
medium to highhigh-run production
connecting rod

Stamping die
Die component……………....................
Material…………………….....................
Hardness……………………..................
Difficulty for machining……...................
Run size……………………...................
Formed part……………….....................

punch
D2
HRC 60mediumhigh-run productionhood

Die-casting die
Die component……………....................
Material…………………….....................
Hardness……………………..................
Difficulty for machining……...................
Run size……………………...................
Formed part……………….....................

cavityH21
HRC 51
low to medium
medium-run production
tap's housing

Die-casting die
Die component……………....................
Material…………………….....................
Hardness……………………..................
Difficulty for machining……...................
Run size……………………...................
Formed part……………….....................

cavityH13
HRC 54highhigh-run production
crankshaft

Plastic mold
Mold component…………....................
Material…………………….....................
Hardness
Difficulty for machining……...................
Run size……………………...................
Formed part……………….....................

cavityH13
HRC 50low
medium-run production
cellular phone housing

Plastic mold
Mold component…………….................
Material…………………….....................
Hardness……………………..................
Difficulty for machining……...................
Run size……………..............……….....
Formed part……………….....................

cavityP20
HRC 48mediumhigh-run production
car bumper

Cutting Tools in
Die and Mold Industry
In die and mold manufacturing, there are different machining operations: cutting (milling, drilling,reaming, etc.), abrasive machining (grinding, polishing, honing, etc.) and EDM. Even water jet
cutting is used by die and mold makers. However, metal cutting remains to be the predominant
method of die and mold production.
Dies and molds have different shapes and sizes, varying from small to large. In many cases
machining dies and molds requires removing a large amount of material. A typical machining
process contains rough and finish cutting operations. The main parameter for rough machining
with a large stock allowance is metal removal rate, while for finishing, the most important factors
are accuracy and surface finish.
For the development of machine tools, CNC control and CAD/CAM systems cardinally changed
the die and mold industry by giving the die and mold maker new methods of multi-axis machining
and introducing advanced computer techniques of machining simulation and verification. Modern
cutting strategies, such as high speed machining (HSM), high feed milling (HFM) and trochoidal
milling have penetrated into die and mold production. Machining hard materials, long tool life,stability, reliability and high performance intended for reducing or even full elimination EDM andmanual polishing – only the tool that meets these requirements can be considered a passport tosuccess in productive and effective die and mold making.

11
Die and Mold

Milling Tools

Milling Tools

Milling plays a key role in machining dies and molds. Indeed, milling tools remove the mostshare of material, shaping a workpiece to a die or mold part. A conventional process planningcomprises rough, semi-finish and finish milling operations. The traditional approach to rough millingis based on cutting with large depth and width of cut. Correspondingly, it demands high-powermachine tools with low spindle speeds for large milling tools. This way of machining provides
maximum productivity when cutting a soft material. Due to a die or mold has appropriate hardness
requirements and in addition, heavy-duty rough milling leads to significant residual stresses,
further heat treatment is necessary. The mentioned approach usually characterizes production oflarge-sized die and mold parts that have considerable differences in depth or height. However,some producers are still supporters of this method due to limitations of available machine tools,
CNC programs or traditional thinking in process planning. Over time, and as industrial innovations
developed, HFM became a relevant technique in roughing. It allows machining soft to prehardened steels with small depth of cut and extremely high feed per tooth and leads to increased
productivity.

12

HSM, another modern way of metal cutting, is intended first of all for finish milling of hard steels.
Nevertheless, it can be effective also for rough and semi-finish machining, particularly for small to
medium parts or in cases with slight differences in depth or height because it enables cutting hardmaterial directly. Further HSM development has resulted in trochoidal milling.
Yet one method of rough milling growing in popularity in the die and mold industry is plunge milling(or plunging) with a tool feed direction towards the tool axis. It gives the opportunity for efficientroughing of cavities and external surfaces with a complex shape (so called sculpturing operations).
The modern milling techniques, their advantages and problematic points and requirements of
cutting tools will be discussed on the following pages of the guide.
All typical milling operations are involved in die and mold manufacturing: 90˚ shoulder milling,
face milling, milling slots, contours and chamfers; and profile milling (the parallel definition of theoperations: shouldering, facing, slotting, countering, chamfering and profiling, also are often usedby professionals). The latter, including machining shaped 3D surfaces, is the pivot of die and moldmaking. Milling tools are available in different configurations: indexable, that has replaceable cutting
inserts or whole cutting heads, and solid.

Selection Guideline: How to Choose the Right Milling Tool

Taking these so obvious, but often left out points into consideration and speaking about the tool
selection more specifically, the analysis by chain: Application-Geometry-Grade (AGG) shall beapplied. In brief, AGG means the following commonly known checkpoints - questions, answer onwhich allows for the tool choice:Application
			
			
			
			
			
			
			
			
			
Geometry						Grade					

What is the type of machining operation?
Workpiece: its material, hardness before the operation
Required accuracy and surface finish
Machining allowance
Machining strategy
Type of machining (light, medium, heavy)
What type of tool, in accordance to adaptation (a mill with shank, shell mill)?
Operation stability (good, bad)
Machine tool (sufficient/limited power, condition, spindle speed)
Coolant (coolant type: dry, wet; possibility of coolant throw spindle)
Which cutting geometry is recommended for machining the workpiece
for the above requirements? Both types of tools should be checked:
indexable and solid.
Which grade of a cutting tool material is more suitable for machining theworkpiece for the above requirements?

Milling Tools

Putting the question of tool selection into broad perspective, the main side of the issue shall beemphasized: cost per unit (CPU) for a part that is machined by the tool. In spite of the fact thatthe tooling cost share in CPU is minor, the tool’s indirect influence on CPU reduction can beconsiderable. Namely the tool, this small part of a manufacturing process, sometimes is a single
obstacle for a machine tool to run faster and thus to cut machining time.
Hence, for better productivity and as a result for lower CPU the most high-efficiency tool
should be used.
Another important aspect is versatility of the cutting tool, its ability to perform various milling
operations effectively. For example: shoulder milling, ramping and plunge milling. Such combinations
allow for using one tool for different applications and, when machining a part, shortening timeneeded for tool change during machining.
An additional way of increasing versatility is using the tools with interchangeable precise cutting
heads, which render a possible head change when the tool or its holder is clamped into a machine
spindle and does not require time for setup procedures.

Carbide Grades for Indexable Milling Inserts
The indexable inserts for milling the die and mold materials are produced from different tungsten
carbide grades, mostly coated by methods of physical or chemical vapor deposition (PVD and
CVD respectively).
PVD coatings have a wide distribution in milling inserts and solid carbide endmills because theyleave the cutting edges sharp. PVD coatings are applied at relatively low temperature(about 500 ˚C).
CVD coatings are much thicker and that contributes to wear resistance. The CVD coatings areapplied at high temperature (approximately 1000 ˚C). Current technology enables improving CVD
process by moderate-temperature CVD (MT CVD) with its lower deposition temperatures. Further
steps in technology development include combinations of both coating methods: CVD and PVD.
ISCAR offers a rich program of the carbide grades for the milling inserts. We observe briefly themore recent of them intended primarily for machining the popular die and mold materials. Except
for grade DT7150, the preferred grades, which are produced by SUMO TEC method, have13
Die and Mold

Milling Toolsa special post-coating treatment with extra advantages. Table 2 contains the comparative data forgeneral characteristics of the grades.
IC808 is a grade with tough submicron substrate and titanium aluminum nitride (TiAlN) PVD
coating, designed for milling die and mold materials such as hard alloy and carbon steels at
medium-to-high cutting speed. They are noted for excellent notch wear and built-up edge
resistance.
IC5100 – a tough substrate with a MT CVD and alpha aluminum oxide (Al2O3) coating that isrecommended for milling grey cast iron at high cutting speeds, providing excellent tool life.
IC810 – a PVD grade coated with aluminum titanium nitride (AlTiN) that produces high oxidation
resistance, enabling machining at high speed. A good choice for miling nodular and grey cast ironat low to medium cutting speed under unstable conditions.
DT7150 – a carbide grade with a tough substrate that has a dual MT CVD and TiAlN PVD coating.
Features high wear and chipping resistance. Recommended for medium to high cutting speeds formachining of cast iron and cast steel, especially with siliceous skin.
IC830 – a PVD TiAlN coated tough grade for milling alloy steel and stainless steel. Shows goodresults for interrupted cut and heavy duty operations.
IC330 – a multi-purpose tough grade with titanium nitride (TiN)/titanium carbonitride (TiCN)
coating. Used for milling a wide range of die and mold materials, at low to medium
cutting speed.

SUMO TEC carbide grades
The SUMO TEC grades feature a special post-coating treatment which provides substantially
improved life and better reliability. The new process enhances toughness and chipping resistance,
reduces friction and built-up edge, thus increasing tool life. The golden-colored flank facilitateswear detection. The post-coating treatment has the effect of making the rake face even and uniform,
minimizing inner stresses and droplets in coating, which lead to smooth chip flow and extended
tool life. Yet at the same time the untreated flank continues to be rough enough for good contact
with base surfaces of tool pockets.

Table 2 Selected Carbide Grades for Indexable Inserts Intended
for Milling Die and Mold Materials
HarderISO Class
DIN/ISO 513

IC808

IC5100Carbide Grades
IC810
DT7150P
M
K
H

P15-P30

P10-P25

P15-P30

Coating

PVD

M20-M30
K20-K40

Tougher
IC830

IC330

P20-P50

P25-P50

M20-M40

M30-M40

K05-K20

K05-K25

K05-K25

K15-K40

MT CVD

PVD

Combination

PVD

H20-H30
PVD- First choice
Ferritic and martensitic s.s. (ISCAR material groups 12;13)

For more detailed information about the carbide grades and coating technology refer to ISCAR
catalogs, guides and technical leaflets.

14

1 90˚ Shoulder Milling
ISCAR endmills that are intended mostly for 90˚ (square) shoulder milling but used also formilling slots and grooves, are being developed in the following directions:• Endmills with indexable inserts of diameter range 8-50 mm• Solid carbide endmills with diameters to 25 mm• Replaceable milling heads with MULTI-MASTER adaptation (or simply MULTI-MASTER heads)of 6-25 mm diameters• Extended flute endmill cutters of diameter range 12-100 mm
The extended flute endmill cutters are for roughing, while the other kinds ofendmills are used in all kinds of operations: roughing, semi-finishing and finishing.

In the 1990’s ISCAR introduced new milling cutters which carried indexable sintered carbide
inserts APKT 1003 PDR-HM. It was the first insert with a helical cutting edge. Now an insert cuttingedge as a part of a helix that is built on a cutting cylinder seems apparent, and many tool
manufacturers use this approach for producing their milling inserts.
But in the 1990’s it was a real innovative solution. A helical edge ensured constant cutting geometry,smooth cutting and considerably improved insert life. Ground HSS and solid carbide tools,
which were known long before, already had helical edges; however, the edge was madeby grinding. Nonetheless, producing a replaceable carbide insert with a helical edge by means ofpressing technology only was a serious problem at that time, and its solution by ISCAR brought
about revolutionary changes in the cutting tools industry.
HELIMILL – a line of new milling tools was born.

Endmills with Indexable Inserts
The main functional features of the most popular ISCAR endmills with indexable inserts are
summarized in Tables 3 and 4. Table 3 shows the number of teeth of the tools as a function of thetool diameter and its maximal depth of cut; and Table 4 is intended for estimating the rampdown
ability of the tools.

Machining cavities is a typical feature of die and mold making. Hence, the ability to drill withsubsequent milling is an important attribute of a milling tool. Another significant factor is a toolcapability to ramp milling when the tool is simultaneously fed in radial and axial directions.
If the tool moves axially upward, it is ramp up milling (ramping up); and if it moves axiallydown – ramp down milling. Maximal rampdown angle characterizing tool possibilities in ramping
is a valued feature for tool selection. The angle depends on cutting geometry and the nominal
diameter of a tool. For tools with high overhang from a toolholder (long and extra long seriesof the tool overall length) the rampdown angle should be additionally diminished.
Three axes milling by helical interpolation is a widely used method for machining holes especiallywith a large diameter. A cutter, which travels simultaneously along three coordinate axes ofa machine tool, moves planetary about an internal hole diameter and creates the summarized
cutting helical movement.
The helix angle is dependent of the maximal rampdown angle of the tool performed interpolation.
The helical tool path maintains smooth entry in the material and uniform loading of the tool.
The particular case of helical interpolation is two axes milling by circular interpolation when only
the planetary movement is made.
The depth of a machined hole depends on the maximal allowed depth of cut of the tool.
Chip evacuation and chip re-cutting are factors that affect a milling tool machinedcavities by a different technique.

Milling Tools

Insert with helical cutting edge

15
Die and Mold

Table 3 Quick Selector for 90˚ Indexable Endmills

Milling Tools

ap
Tool D
8
10
12
14
16
17
18
20
21
22
25
28
30
32
40
50

1
2
2; 3
3
4; 5

Inserts

T290 LNMT 05

HP E90AN
7.7

T490 ELN -08
T490 E90LN -08
H490 E90AX -09
8
8
Number of Teeth (Effective)

1
2

HM90 E90A
10

T290 ELN -10
10

1
1
1
2
2
2
2; 3
3
3
2; 3; 44
43; 4; 53; 5; 6
7

3; 4

2

2

4; 5

2; 3

3

5; 7

3; 4

4

6; 8
8; 10

3; 5
4; 6

5

HP ANKT

T490 LN..T 08

H490 ANKX 09

2; 3

3; 4

4; 5
6

HM90 AP…10AP…10T290 LNMT 10

Table 3 Quick Selector for 90˚ Indexable Endmills (cont.)
ap
Tool D
8
10
12
14
16
17
18
20
21
22
25
28
30
32
40
50
Inserts

16

T290 ELN -05
5

H490 E90AX -12
12

T490 ELN -13
12.5

HM90 E90AD
T490 ELN -16
14.3
16
Number of Teeth (Effective)

H490 E90AX -17
16

1

2

2

3
4
5

3
3; 4
4; 5

2; 3
2; 3; 4
5

2
3
4

2
3
4

H490 AN..X 12

T490 LN..T 13

HM90 AD..15
AD..15

T490 LN..T 16

H490 AN..X 17

Table 4 Rampdown Angle for 90˚ Indexable Endmills

2.5
2.3
2
1.5
1

8
10
12
14
16
17
18
20
21
22
25
28
30
32
40
50

HP E90AN
7.7

T490 ELN -08
T490 E90LN -08 H490 E90AX -09
88
Rampdown angle, ˚

2.5
2.7
Ramp

Ramp

down

down

prohibitedprohibited

2

1.4
1

Inserts
T290 LNMT 05 HP ANKT
T490 LN..T 08* Lower values for tools with long overall length

T290 ELN -10
10

5
32
7
15
15/4.5*7.5
7.5
7.5/2.8*
7.5
5
2
2
3
2.7
2.7

3.2

2.4

HM90 E90A
10

H490 ANKX 09

4

2.2

1.6
1.2

HM90 AP…10AP…10T290 LNMT 10

Table 4 Rampdown Angle for 90˚ Indexable Endmills (cont.)
ap
Tool D
8
10
12
14
16
17
18
20
21
22
25
28
30
32
40
50

H490 E90AX -12
12

T490 ELN -13
12.5

Ramp

Ramp

Ramp

down

down

down

prohibitedprohibited

Inserts
H490 AN..X 12
T490 LN..T 13** Valid only when H490 ANKX 1706R15T-FF is used.

HM90 E90AD
T490 ELN -16
14.3
16
Rampdown angle, ˚

3

H490 E90AX -17
16

prohibited

Milling Tools

ap
Tool D

T290 ELN -05
5

11.5

5. 3
4
5
HM90 AD..15
AD..15

6.5**
4.4**
3.8**
T490 LN..T 16

H490 AN..X 17

17
Die and Mold

General Characteristics of the Latest ISCAR Lines ofIndexable Tools for 90˚ Milling

Milling Tools

No mismatch
In machining square shoulders by indexable milling tools, the shoulder height can be more thana tool depth of cut (D.O.C.) that is determined by the length of cutting edge of an insert clamped in
the tool. In this case the shoulder machining needs two or more continuous passes. Ensuring true
90˚ shoulder profile without a detectible border, steps, marks or burrs between the passes –no mismatch – is an essential feature of modern precise indexable milling tools intended for millingsquare shoulders.
Use of such tools substantially improves productivity by eliminating additional finish cuts and ensures
the high-accuracy profile with good surface finish. Perpendicularity of the shoulder wall to its base of
no more than 0.02 mm is today a normal requirement to the “no mismatch” milling tools.
HELITANG T490 is a family of milling tools that uses tangentially clamped inserts with four righthand helical cutting edges. The T490 inserts are available in 8, 12.5 and 16 mm long cuttingedges. The smallest tool diameter is 16 mm, with 2 teeth. The line offers the tools in different
configuration: end and face mills, replaceable milling heads for ISCAR MULTI-MASTER and
FLEXFIT systems; and the tools are available with coarse or fine pitch. Most of the tools areprovided with holes for internal coolant supply. The tools are intended for milling square shoulders
at high rates, with no mismatch and they are capable of plunging as well.
The family features high durability and outstanding tool life, due to the tangentially oriented pocket,
the most advanced insert production technology and excellent grade combination.
It is interesting to note that none of ISCAR competitors can offer such a small tangential insert as
the T490 LN.. 0804PN-R with four cutting edges.
HELIDO H490, a family of tools for 90˚ milling, is an evolution of the original ISCAR HELIMILL line.
The H490 AN.. X laydown (radial) insert has 4 right-hand cutting edges. There are 3 standard sizesof the insert with cutting edge lengths 8, 12 and 16 mm.
Insert construction is very thick and strong. It is clamped into a dovetail inclined pocket, which
provides a very rigid clamping, and has a wiper that leaves an excellent surface finish. Due to its
strong construction, unique chip deflector with positive rake angles and good grade combinations,the family stands out high durability, low cutting forces and long tool life. The tools, which areproduced with coolant holes, can machine 90˚ shoulders with no mismatch, plunge with large
stepover and can perform milling slots and faces.
This family combines the most advantageous features of both the HELIMILL – helical cutting edge
and positive rake angles; and the MILL2000 – strong construction, most suited for heavy milling
applications.

3P ISCAR Premium Productivity Products
Since 2007 this symbol started coming into view on packages of various ISCAR products and on
pages of leaflets. The symbol stands for new tools, inserts and toolholders, which are
manufactured in accordance with the advanced designed principles and the latest technology,
and allow to the customer substantial productivity increase.
In addition to the progressive cutting geometry, the key features of the 3P cutting inserts are the new
SUMO TEC carbide grades with their special post-coating treatment.

18

Tangential or radial?
The question: what is more effective – tangential or radial clamping, often can lead theuser to hesitate when selecting the right cutting tool when there are both milling cutters withlaydown (radial) inserts and with inserts clamped tangentially. As in many practical cases,
the question has no strictly unambiguous answer. The academic studies of the question are
beyond the scope of the guide. Therefore, a brief review of advantages and disadvantages of eachclamping principle can be useful for the right choice. In general, the tangential configuration allows
increasing feed per tooth because the tangential component of a cutting force acts against an
insert with more rational orientation of its cross-section.
The well-designed tangential insert contributes to optimal loading of a clamping screw while
the resultant cutting force is transmitted directly to the cutter body. The tangential clamping
enables cutter design with larger core diameter than tools with radial inserts. It is much easierto provide an indexable double-sided insert with helical cutting edges if a tangential configuration
is applied. And finally, the tangential clamping configuration also offers a higher insert density.
Typically, the milling cutters with tangentially clamped inserts run at high feed rates especiallywhen machining cast iron.
However, relative to milling tools with the laydown (radial) inserts, the cutters with the tangential
clamping normally have lesser ramping abilities, and their resources for shaping rake face and highpositive axial rake, which can significantly reduce cutting forces, are limited. Greater chip gullets incase of the radial inserts go a long way towards better chip evacuation when milling materials suchas steel with high metal removal rate, particularly in machining deep cavities.
The latest ISCAR design provides the customers with the milling tools with tangential and radial
inserts for which in many cases the disadvantages related to tangential and radial clamping
correspondingly were overcome. For example, the H490 line with double-sided radial H490 AN…X
inserts, real workhorses, are intended for heavy milling operations with high feed per tooth;and T290 line that is based on tangential T290 LN…T inserts is notable by excellent rampdown
performance. In either event the question of using the cutters with tangentially or radially clamping
inserts should be solved specifically. The ISCAR application specialists will be glad to advise
you the best choice.

Milling Tools

SUMOMILL T290 is a family of milling tools with coolant holes that uses tangentially clamped
inserts with two cutting edges. The T290 inserts are available in 5 and 10 mm long cuttingedges. The inserts are the next evolution of the most popular HELIMILL inserts. As a result of
their tangential orientation in the pocket, the inserts allow tool design with larger core diameter,
providing a much stronger tool construction, which sustains a higher impact load and reduces therisk of fracture to a minimum. When compared to the current HELIMILL and HELIPLUS tools ofsimilar sizes, the tools of the line feature high long-term strength and remarkable tool life, due tothe tangential orientation of the inserts in the pockets and higher tooth density.
The tools runs at higher feed speeds (table feeds), producing excellent surface finish and nomismatch; and are suitable for plunging and rampdown applications. Their increased radial andaxial rake angles lead to a major reduction in cutting forces, improve tool stability and prolong life of
the cutting edge.
The T290 unique convex shaped insert enabled the development of small diameter cutting tools ofeven 8 mm diameter.

19
Die and Mold

How to Start: Cutting Data

Milling Tools

General Principles
Cutting speed Vc and feed per tooth fz, the first key parameters in milling, depend on
different factors.
Before everything else, a carbide grade. The harder grade has higher wear resistance and enables
higher cutting speed. The tougher grade with its better impact strength is intended for thelesser speed, but allows greater feed per tooth.
Machinability of engineering materials is different, and even the same material can be substantiallydifferent by its machinability (for example, milling a tool steel in different conditions: annealed,
pre-hardened and hardened). Therefore, a specific force needed for removal of a unit of a chip
section, and load acting on an insert differ too. It is evident; the machinability factor should betaken into consideration.
Insert geometry is also important. A sharp cutting edge, which is brittle and can not stand up
against a serious load, sets the upper limit to the feed. The T-land, a negative land protecting
the cutting edge, conversely, binds the feed below because too small a feed causes in this case,considerably increased cutting force.
Another factor - the milling tool body. A durable design of the body and a reliable method of
securing the insert ensure machining under high cutting data.
Further, the application. What is the aim of tool use? In rough milling, when a relatively large
volume of material is removed, the feed is high and the cutting speed is moderate. At the sametime, finish milling operations performing with small allowances demands maximal speeds andsmall to medium feeds for high machining accuracy and good surface finish. Different limitations
such as large overhang (in milling deep cavities, for example), improper clamping, workpiece witha thin wall and others lead to decreasing the speed, the feed or even both.
Lastly, the machine tool and toolholding. Poor machine conditions and not rigid toolholders createan additional barrier for increased cutting data.
The mentioned arguments are very general; and no doubt everyone who is involved in metal cutting
is familiar with them. They are a good illustration of complex dependence or the cutting data on
different attributes. How to go from the generalities to the particulars and specify thestarting cutting data?
We can take into account the application factor and the machine tool conditions by introducing
operation estimation: light, medium and heavy. Then we can prepare the tables with therecommended cutting speed and feed for every milling line and thus provide the user with the
cutting data. It is a correct approach; and the cutting data recommendations in full application
guides, tool advice software and specific guidelines use it in full.

In the U.S.A., instead of the term “feed per tooth” (“fpt”), “chip load” is often used; “advance per
revolution” means “feed per revolution” (“fpr” or “feed”) and “advance per minute” or “feed rate”– “feed speed” (“feed per minute”, “fpm”, or “table feed”).

20Starting Feed
Table 5 contains data for estimating starting feed per tooth. Smaller values more suitable forfinish operations and greater feeds usually characterize rough milling. In case of high tool overhang
and unstable technological system (poor clamping, cutting thin wall workpieces and so on),the feed should be reduced by 20-30%.

Starting Speed

Vc = Vo x Ks x Kt
Where:(1)

Vc – starting cutting speed
Vo – basic cutting speed
Ks – stability factor
Kt – tool life factor

Milling Toolsa) Basic cutting speed Vo
Table 9 determines the basic cutting speed depending on carbide grade, workpiecematerial and type of machining. The basic cutting speed relates to a 20 minute tool-life period.
In order to define what is known as light duty, moderate duty and heavy duty machining
more rigorous, we introduce the following two-step procedure.
Tooth Loading
In shoulder milling, tooth loading is a function of the ratios:• Cutting depth h to a length of cutting edge ap• Width of cut b to the nominal diameter of a milling tool D
The tooth loading reflects a fraction of the cutting edge involved in cutting and a cycling pathof the tooth in the workpiece material from the tooth entering to the tooth exit.
While remaining in the material too long, the tooth experiences more intensive heat loads that
affect the tool life.
The diagram shown in Fig. 1 allows defining the tooth load, but for a quick roughestimate, Table 6 may be enough.
Type of Machining
The tooth load in combination with the feed per tooth defines the type of machining (Table 7).
The feed interval from fz min to fz max relate to a field of the estimated starting feeds as above.
Do not take literally “minimum”, “maximum” and “moderate” feeds: the feeds
closed to the lower border of the field relate to fz min, the average values – to fz moderate,
and the feeds closed to the upper border – to fz max.

21
Die and Mold

Table 5 Estimated Starting Feed fz
HarderISO Class
DIN/ISO 513

P

MMilling Tools

K

H

Tougher

Workpiece materialMat.
σTGroup* N/mm2
1-4<850
Plain carbon
>850
5
steel
<1000
6, 7 <1000>1000
Alloy steel
8, 9
<1200
and
10
<850
tool steel
>1100
11
<1450
Martensitic
12, 13 <850s.s.
Grey cast iron 15-16 <1000
Nodular cast
17-18 <1000
iron
>1480
38.1
<1700
>1700
38.2
<2000
Hardened
steel
>2000
39
<2500
Type

Starting feed fz, mm/tooth, for grades
Hardness,
IC808
HB<250 0.1-0.25>250
0.1-0.25<300<300 0.1-0.25>300
0.1-0.2<350<250 0.08-0.18

0.08-0.15 0.08-0.18

0.1-0.25

0.1-0.25>325

0.08-0.15

0.08-0.12 0.08-0.15

0.08-0.2

0.08-0.25<250

0.08-0.12

0.08-0.15

0.08-0.2

IC5100IC810

0.1-0.25

DT7150

IC830

IC330

0.1-0.25

0.1-0.35

0.1-0.4

0.1-0.25

0.1-0.25

0.1-0.3

0.1-0.4

0.1-0.2

0.1-0.25

0.1-0.3

0.1-0.4

0.1-0.18

0.1-0.2

0.1-0.25

0.1-0.3<300

0.2-0.35

0.2-0.4

0.2-0.4

0.2-0.3<300

0.2-0.35

0.2-0.4

0.2-0.4

0.2-0.3

HRC
0.07-0.12
45-49
HRC
0.06-0.09
50-55

0.07-0.1

HRC
0.05-0.08
56-63* ISCAR material group in accordance with VDI 3323 standard- First choice for grades
For T290 milling tools the table values should be reduced by 30%.
For the face mills with inserts HP ANKX…07 and T490 LN..T…08 the table values should be reduced by 20%.
For milling hardened steel, see the appropriate chapter for further discussion.

Fig. 1. Tooth load areas

h
ap
1

Heavy

3

h
ap

4

1

Heavy

3
4

1

1
2

Moderate

2

1
4

h
1
4

22

b
D

Light
1

1

3

4

2

4

1

b
D

Moderate
Light

ap
1
4

1
2

3
4

b
1 D

Table 6 Tooth Load
b/D
1/4
1/2
3/4

1/4
light
moderate
moderate

1/2
moderate
moderateheavy

1

moderate

heavy

h/ap
3/4
moderate
moderateheavy

1
moderate
heavy
heavy

heavy

heavy

Table 7 Type of Machining
Tooth loading
Light tooth loading
Moderate tooth loading

fz minLight-duty (L)Light-duty (L)Heavy tooth loading

Medium-duty (M)Type of Machining for Feed per Tooth fz
fz moderate
fz maxLight-duty (L)Medium-duty (M)Medium-duty (M)Heavy-duty (H)Heavy-duty (H)Heavy-duty (H)The factor is defined by the below estimate of milling operation stability:• for normal stability Ks = 1,
• for unstable operations (high overhang, poor clamping, milling thin walls, etc.)
Ks = 0.7c) Tool Life Factor Kt
The factor that relies on the relationship cutting speed-tool life is shown in Table 8

Table 8 Tool life factor Kt
Tool life, min.
Kt

10
1.15

20
1

40
0.85

60
0.8

ExampleThe workpiece from AISI P20 steel with hardness HRC 32 is machined by ISCAR indexable endmill
cutter H490 E90AX D25-4-C25-09. The cutter carries inserts H490 ANKX 090408PNTR IC830.
The application – rough to semi-finish milling of a square shoulder with 4 mm depth and 16 mm
width. The workpiece is properly clamped; and the stiffness of the whole technological system(machine tool + fixture) is estimated as sufficient.

Milling Toolsb) Stability Factor Ks

The machined material relates to the ninth material group (No.9).
In accordance with Table 5 starting feed fz =0.2 mm/tooth (the value that is close to
the upper border).
The length of the cutting edge for the insert above is 8 mm (from the catalog or Table 3).
Hence, h/ap=4/8=0.5 and b/D=16/25≈0.6.
From Table 6 the tooth load is moderate; and from Table 7 the type of machining takes "mediumduty" definition. Ks is accepted as 1 (paragraph b).
Therefore, as per Table 9 starting cutting speed for 20 min. tool life Vc=135 m/min.
For 60 minute tool life, tool life factor Kt=0.8 (Table 8); and the starting cutting speed in this casewill be 108 m/min.

23
Die and Mold

24
>1000 <1200<850>1100 <1450

8, 9

10

11

>1480 <1700

17-18

38.1

Nodular cast iron

Hardened steel***

<1000

15-16

Grey cast iron>1700 <2000>2000 <2500

38.2

39

<1000

12, 13

<850

<1000

>850 <1000

5

6, 7

<850

2-4

<850

1

2

σT , N/mm

Materialgroup**

Martensitic s.s.

Alloy steel
andtool steel

Plaincarbonsteel

Type

HRC 56-63

HRC 50-55

HRC 45-49

<300

<300

<250

>325

<250

>300 <350<300>250 <300

<250

<250

Hardness
HB
L

65

75

120

240

260

200

165

210

215

230

240

280

300

* 2 For 20 min. tool life.
**2 ISCAR material group in accordance with VDI 3323 standard***2 Milling hardened steel see under the appropriate chapter for further discussion.
- First choice for grades

H

K

M

P

ISO Class
DIN/ISO 513

Workpiece Material

45

55

100

200

220

170

135

190

185

200

200

220

240

M

IC808

80

180

200

140

115

170

165

170

180

200

220

H

250

300

L

Table 9 Basic Speed Vo for Selected Grades in Relation to Type of Machining*

220

250

M

IC5100

200

220

H

250

300

150

165

180

200

215

240

260

L

220

250

125

135

150

180

190

200

230

M

IC810

200

220

105

110

125

160

170

180

200

H

250

300

L

220

250

M

DT7150

200

220

H

100

200

260

170

135

140

150

170

150

180

200

L

80

185

220

140

120

125

135

140

135

150

170

M

IC830

Basic speed Vo, m/min, for grades and type of machining

Milling Tools

70

160

190

125

115

115

120

125

120

135

150

H

150

125

130

140

150

135

170

185

L

130

110

120

125

135

120

140

160

M

IC330

120

100

110

115

120

115

125

135

H

Solid Carbide Endmills

ISCAR catalogs and leaflets contain detailed guidelines for using the solid carbide endmills inshoulder milling. In general, recommended practice says that if the endmills with two flutes, whichhave largest chip gullet characteristics, are intended mostly for rough shoulder machining, millingslots and plunging; the multi-flute mills are usually used in finish applications with high requirementsof accuracy and surface quality.
Commonly, a tool choice and a cutting data depend on application requirements and workpiecematerial. However, when speaking about feed limitations, it should be emphasized that the main
factors are not only tooth strength and tool rigidity, but also the ability of chip handling that isdefined by a chip gullet (a form of flute and its depth). Hence, due to the mentioned factors thefeed is limited by the nominal diameter and the number of flutes of a solid carbide endmill.
Endless cutting tool manufacturers from small shops to world-known companies produce solid
carbide endmills of the same sizes that often seem like copies of each other. However, in spite ofa formal resemblance, occasionally simply amazing, there is a great difference in performance andtool life of the mills. The reason lies in carbide grades, grinding technology and of course, uniquefeatures of cutting geometry.

Dry or wet
Dry machining (or using air as a coolant) is preferable for solid carbide endmills. In machining steels
and hard steels (ISO classes P and H correspondingly) by mills of IC900 and IC903 carbide grades,
a wet coolant is not recommended. If, however, an application requires wet cooling(machining austenitic stainless steel, for instance), grade IC300 should be a first choice.
There are several carbide grades for ISCAR solid endmills.
The majority of the solid mills is produced from IC900 – a tough submicron substrate with PVD
TiAlN coating, which has wide-spectrum rough to finish applications at medium to high cutting
speeds in milling carbon, alloy, tool and stainless steel. Also, the grade is suitable for milling
hardened steel with hardness to HRC 55.
IC903 with an ultra-fine grain substrate with 12% cobalt content and PVD TiAlN coating can berecommended for milling hardened steel, especially if its hardness is HRC 56-63 and even more.
The grade should not be used for heavy-duty machining.
IC300 is a tough submicron TiCN PVD coated grade that is suitable for machining steel
and stainless steel workpieces, specifically under unfavorable conditions, at low to medium
cutting speeds.
Uncoated fine-grain grade IC08 is aimed mainly at milling nonferrous materials.

Milling Tools

ISCAR offers the die and mold makers a rich line of solid carbide endmills with 90˚ lead angle formachining square shoulders. These tools with nominal diameters from 0.4 mm to 25 mm andvaried in form are intended for machining all types of materials used in the die and mold industry
such as tool and alloy steels, martensitic stainless steel, cast iron, etc. The tools differ in cutting
geometry, helix angle, number of flutes and length series (short to extra long) and perform all kindsof milling: rough, semi-finish and finish operations.

25
Die and Mold

Table 10 Grade Selector for Solid Carbide Mills
ISO class

P
M
K
H

IC900

IC903

IC300
:

Up to HRC 55
Above HRC 55

2 - First choice
2 - Optional

Milling Tools

Within the rich and diversified family of ISCAR solid carbide square endmills (with 90˚ lead angle),
the following three lines have exceptional geometry.

26

The FINISHRED endmills feature 4 flutes with a 45˚ helix, two serrated teeth and two continuous
teeth, combine two geometries: rough (serrated teeth with chip splitting effect) and finish(continuous teeth) and therefore sometimes are called “Two in One”. They enable running at roughmachining parameters, resulting in semi-finish or even finish surface quality. Such a single tool(“One”) can replace the rough and finish endmills (“Two”), dramatically reducing cycle time andpower consumption, and increasing productivity. The unique tool design reduces vibrations at
heavy-duty applications; and the chip mixture from long and split short chips is evacuated moreeasily, which is a good solution for machining cavities of dies and molds.
The CHATTERFREE endmills have 4 or 5 flutes and unequal tooth spacing. Due to the unevenarrangement of the teeth these tools feature excellent dampening ability. They provide an effective
solution for low power machine tools with ISO40 or BT40 adaptations, which are popular in small
works involved in die and mold making. The mills are able machine full slots with 2xD depth.

The FINISHRED VARIABLE PITCH combines all the remarkable features of the two lines above.
Combining the lines together delivers a powerful hybrid solid carbide mill with extraordinary
performance. The user gets a “Three in One” rather than just a “Two in One” version of the
FINISHRED.

Regrinding solid carbide endmills
The progress in technology of grinding machine tools led to impressive achievements in regrinding(resharpening) solid carbide endmills, allowing accurate restoration of cutting geometries of worn-out
tools. Reground mills still have shorter tool life due uncoated areas or problematic recoating.
However, the main reason of the efficiency losses is a reduction of a tool diameter as a result ofregrinding the tool relief surfaces. Regrinding the relief surfaces causes decreasing rake angles
and flute depth. Therefore, the tool cuts harder; its chip handling properties become worse.
On average, every 1% decrease of the tool diameter results in a decline of the tool performanceby 2%-3%, and from the definite reduction value the tool performance drops dramatically.
In order to avoid negative sides of regrinding it is very important to follow ISCAR’s instructions
regarding this operation.

Cutting Data
Maximal Depth for Milling Full SlotIn full slot milling, the maximal depth depends not only on strength and stiffness of a mill but onchip handling properties. In many cases milling deep slots demands considerable reduction of
feed per tooth in order to ensure proper chip evacuation. Using FINISHRED and FINISHREDVARIABLE PITCH can substantially improve the mentioned difficulty.
The maximal depth should not exceed the values shown in Tables 11 to 13. The values relate toslot milling in steel; and they should be doubled for workpieces from cast iron.

Table 11 Maximal Depth of Slot Ap max, mm, for S.C. Mills of Standard Line
D, mm

to 4

4-5

6-8

10-25

Ap max

0.3 D

0.4 D

0.4 D / D*

0.5 D / D*

* with fz reduced by 50%

D, mm

to 4

4-5

6-8

10-25

Ap max

0.4 D

0.6 D

0.7 D / 1.2 D*

0.9 D / 1.5 D*

Milling Tools

Table 12 Maximal Depth of Slot Ap max, mm, for FINISHRED Mills* with fz reduced by 30%

Table 13 Maximal Depth of Slot Ap max, mm, for CHATTERFREE andFINISHRED Variable Pitch Mills
D, mm

to 4

4-5

6-8

10-25

Ap max

0.9 D

D

1.2 D

2 D*

* for D≥16 mm fz should be reduced by 20%

27
Die and Mold

Milling Square Shoulder: Dimensional Limitations
In rough to finish shoulder milling, depth of cut ap and width of cut ae can be estimatedin accordance with Table 14.

Table 14 Shoulder Milling: Shoulder Sizeae

ap maxD ≤ 16 mm

D > 16 mm< 0.3 D2D

1.8 D

( 0.3…0.5) D

2D

1.8 D

0.5 D < ae < 0.75 D

1.25 D

0.8 D≥ 0.75 D

Ap max*		 - Recommended operational mode
* Ap max as it specified in Tables 11-13

Milling Tools

Starting Feeds and Speeds
The following tables specify estimated values for feed per tooth and cutting speeds referring to
FINISHRED, CHATTERFREE and FINISHRED Variable Pitch endmills.
The tables relate to rough and semi-finish milling. The recommendations regarding finish operations
are discussed on the next pages separately.
In case of unfavorable conditions (poor clamping, milling thin walls, high overhang), the table values
should be reduced by 20-30%.

Table 15 FINISHRED: Starting Feed fz, mm/tooth, for Mill Diameters D
ISO Class
DIN/ISO 513

P

M
K

D, mm
Mat. Group*

2

3

4

5

6

8

10

12

16

20

25

1-4

0.008

0.020

0.030

0.040 0.055 0.065 0.080 0.085 0.092 0.138 0.145 0.155

5

0.008

0.020

0.028

0.038 0.055 0.065 0.077 0.082 0.090 0.130 0.137 0.148

6, 7

0.008

0.020

0.028

0.038 0.055 0.065 0.077 0.082 0.090 0.130 0.137 0.142

8, 9

0.008

0.019

0.028

0.038 0.050 0.060 0.072 0.077 0.085 0.130 0.137 0.142

10

0.008

0.017

0.025

0.036 0.048 0.058 0.070 0.072 0.082 0.125 0.130 0.137

11

0.008

0.012

0.022

0.032 0.045 0.055 0.065 0.065 0.077 0.110 0.120 0.132

12, 13

0.008

0.015

0.028

0.038 0.048 0.058 0.070 0.077 0.082 0.125 0.130 0.137

15-16

0.009

0.022

0.032

0.043 0.060 0.070 0.083 0.088 0.095 0.142 0.150 0.163

17-18

0.009

0.022

0.032

0.043 0.060 0.070 0.083 0.088 0.095 0.142 0.150 0.163

38.1**

H

1

0.022 0.028 0.032 0.038 0.040 0.045 0.055 0.060 0.065

38.2
39

* ISCAR material group in accordance with VDI 3323 standard** HRC 45-49

Slot drills
Endmills that can cut straight down are also called “slot drills”. They have at least one centercutting tooth, and their primary use is for milling key slots (“slot drilling”). Normally, the slot drills are
two-flute mills, but often they have three and sometimes even four flutes.

28

Table 16 CHATTERFREE and FINISHRED Variable Pitch
Starting Feed fz, mm/tooth, for Mill Diameters D
ISO Class
DIN/ISO 513

P

D, mm
Mat. Group*

3

4

5

6

8

10

12

16

20

25

1-4

0.022

0.032

0.045

0.055

0.058

0.060

0.065

0.078

0.088

0.110

5

0.022

0.032

0.040

0.050

0.055

0.058

0.060

0.065

0.077

0.100

6, 7

0.020

0.027

0.032

0.042

0.045

0.050

0.055

0.060

0.072

0.088

8, 9

0.019

0.027

0.032

0.036

0.038

0.042

0.050

0.055

0.065

0.075

10

0.016

0.022

0.027

0.030

0.032

0.038

0.045

0.050

0.060

0.067

11

0.012

0.016

0.022

0.027

0.030

0.035

0.038

0.045

0.055

0.060

M

12, 13

0.016

0.022

0.027

0.030

0.032

0.038

0.045

0.050

0.060

0.067

K

15-16

0.022

0.032

0.045

0.055

0.055

0.062

0.072

0.082

0.100

0.130

17-18

0.019

0.027

0.042

0.052

0.052

0.060

0.068

0.078

0.090

0.110

0.016

0.020

0.022

0.025

0.027

0.032

0.035

0.045

38.1**

H

38.2
39

Milling Tools* ISCAR material group in accordance with VDI 3323 standard** HRC 45-49

Table 17 Starting Speed Vc, m/min (rough to semi-finish milling)
ISO Class
DIN/ISO 513

P

M

K
H

ISCAR
Mat. Group*

Slot
Milling

ShoulderMilling

1

145

180

2-4

115

150

5

100

125

6

105

130

7-9

85

120

10

85

115

11

70

100

12, 13

80

110

15-16

130

160

17-18

125

150

38.1**

50

70* ISCAR material group in accordance with VDI 3323 standard** HRC 45-49

Ramp down milling and solid carbide endmills
We have already underlined that in die and mold making, where machining cavities and pockets are
so widely used, the ramp down ability is a very important feature of a milling tool. It stands to reason
that the slot drills have no limitations regarding a ramping angle, but the ramp down characteristics
of other endmills shall be thoroughly examined before planning and CNC programming thecorresponding milling operations (helical interpolation, for example) – refer to ISCAR catalogs
or product guidelines for appropriate data.

29
Die and Mold

Table 18 Starting Speed Vc, m/min (finish milling)
ISO Class
DIN/ISO 513

P

M

K

Milling Tools

H

30

ISCAR
Mat. Group*

Vc,
m/min

1

280

2-4

200

5

170

6

190

7-9

170

10

165

11

120

12, 13

150

15-16

220

17-18

200

38.1

100

38.2

90

39

60

* ISCAR material group in accordance with VDI 3323 standard** HRC 45-49

Finishing
Solid endmills as integral, monolith tools ensure high dimensional and form accuracy (tolerance
limits for a tool diameter, runout of teeth relative to the tool shank, etc.). Therefore, they fully meetthe requirements for finish milling (or finishing) of die and mold parts. The typical features of finishing
operations are high accuracy and surface quality of machined surface, and small allowances(to 5% of a mill diameter and 0.1-0.2 mm for hardened steels). In finishing, the cutting speed is highand the feed per tooth is low relative to rough and semi-finish operations. The tool strength allows
cutting with feeds greater than in Table 15 and 16, but due to insufficient surface finish it isrecommended to start cutting under the table values and then try to increase until the surface
roughness is enough.

ExampleIt is required to mill a square shoulder of 3 mm width (ae) and 5 mm height (ap) in a mold blockfrom AISI/SAE 4340 steel with hardness HRC 34. The required roughness is Ra 2.5, the accuracy
requirements to straightness and flatness of the shoulder walls in accordance with ISO 2768-m(medium). The available tool: solid carbide endmill EC-E4L 08-18/26W08CF63.
The machined material relates to the eighth material group (No.8).
The nominal diameter of the above mill is 8 mm (D), its cut length 18 mm (Ap).
The mill relates to the CHATTERFREE solid mill line.
The specified requirements to the milled surface are not high; ae/D = 3/8, ap<Ap, ap<2D (5<16);hence the shoulder can be machined by one pass (Table 14).
From Table 16 starting feed fz =0.038 mm/tooth and from Table 17 starting cutting
speed Vc=120 m/min.

Feed per tooth or depth of cut?
In milling, metal removal rate, the litmus test of productivity, depends both on feed per tooth andon depth of cut. The question: “What is more effective for effective productivity control – varying
the feed or the depth within the acceptable limits?” has no unambiguous answer.
But in general, under the same metal removal rate, increasing the feed coupled with reduced depthof cut is more favorable than the opposite combination (the lesser feed with the deeper cut) because
it normally results in greater tool life.
By the way, high feed milling (HFM), one of the progressive rough milling techniques that arealso taken into consideration in this guide, rests in particular on this principle.

Milling Tools

Short or Extra-Long Reach?
Solid carbide endmills of the same type and nominal diameter vary in flute lengths and overall
lengths. The mills of short length ensure highest strength and rigidity whereas the extra long reachmills are designed for deep cavities and high shoulders. As a rule, a series of standard endmills
comprise short, medium, long reach and extra long reach tools.

Table 19 General Characteristics of Solid Carbide Endmills
No. of flutes

Strength

RigidityChiphandling

Roughing

Finishing

Slot milling

Plungemilling

2

*

*

****

****

*

****

****
**

3

**

**

***

***

**

***

4

***

***

**

**

***

*

5 and more

****

****

*

****

For more detailed information regarding 90˚ solid carbide endmills, refer to ISCAR catalogs,
guides and technical leaflets.

31
Die and Mold

MULTI-MASTER Endmill Heads

Milling Tools

General Notes
MULTI-MASTER is a family of tools with shanks and interchangeable cutting heads for a variety ofmachining applications: milling, countersinking, spot and center drilling, and slitting.
The MULTI-MASTER design approach bases upon a thread system of the unique profile,
centering by a short precise taper and a face contact. A MULTI-MASTER head has a cutting partand a back connection with the external thread and the taper, which screws into a shank with thecorresponding internal thread and the taper until final securing when the back face of the headcutting part will contact the face of the shank.
This principle of coupling ensures strength and rigid clamping of a wide range of theinterchangeable heads. The MULTI-MASTER tools meet the requirements of high accuracy
because the head geometry is finished by precise grinding and the connection guarantees highconcentricity within very close limits. In addition, the tools are simple-to-operate, because theheads are quickly replaced by easy rotation of an applied key. Moreover, they answer to strict
requirements of repeatability, and thus, replacement of the heads does not require
additional adjustment.

32

The MULTI-MASTER family features a large variety of heads, shanks and extensions. The basic
concept is, when a shank can carry heads of different shapes and accuracy, this allows dramaticincrease of tool versatility and will diminish needs for special tools. A huge stock of tools is notnecessary. Resharpening of tools is no longer needed, because a worn-out cutting head is simply
replaced. The family renders a possibility of numerous tools by an unlimited combination of theheads and the shanks and therefore, excellently answers the demands of die and mold making
and reduces procurement cost.

No setup time advantages
Repeatability of an assembled mechanical system with interchangeable elements means that a key
parameter of the system remains in agreed limits in case of replacing an interchangeable element of
the same type. For the standard MULTI-MASTER tools, repeatability in tool length is about 0.04 mm
for the milling heads of normal accuracy and about 0.02 mm for the precise milling heads.
That is why there is no need for additional adjustment in tool length after replacing a head; and thehead can be replaced when a shank remains clamped in a machine tool spindle without newpresetting. No setup time for replacement considerably cuts cycle time and is a good source
for increasing productivity.

90˚ Endmill Cutting Heads
There are two kinds of the relatively small-diameter (8-25 mm) MULTI-MASTER heads for squareshoulder milling.

The second, “economy” type, designated MM HC… features only two flutes and a lesser
helix angle. Being pressed and sintered to shape and size, the cutting geometry of the headsof this type is merely finished by grinding. Due to the high-impact structure of a pressed tooth
the heads run at feeds per tooth that are significantly greater than in case of solid carbide
endmills or MM EC… heads, so despite only two teeth, the feed speed is the same as for
multi-flute mills or heads. The mentioned strength property allows even a slight increaseof cutting speed relative to the solid carbide tools/heads for the same tool life period.
This property makes MM HC… heads to be an attractive economical solution especially inrough milling and slot drilling.
In milling slot or square shoulder with the use of MM HC… heads, the natural geometricallimitation is cutting length Ap of a head. At any rate it is not recommended to exceed 0.8Ap
for depth of cut while milling shoulders with widths more than a half of the head diameteror milling slots.
Tables 20 and 21 show data for estimated starting feeds and speeds for MM HC… heads.

		 Indexable solid carbide tools
		 The endmills that are assembled from the MULTI-MASTER heads and shanks open new doors to		 saving money and improving productivity. MULTI-MASTER modular tools, which are neither solid		 carbide nor indexable tools in a popular sense, lay in the intermediate field between them.
		 Having a replaceable solid carbide cutting part they relate to a new type of cutting tools: indexable		 solid tools, unlikely as it may seem with the combination of the words “indexable” and “solid”.

Milling Tools

The first, which is designated MM EC…, has exactly the same cutting geometry (number of flutes,
helix angle, etc.) as the solid carbide endmills.
The only difference is a smaller cutting length: normally, it does not exceed a head diameter.
It goes without saying that every type of solid carbide endmill has also been produced asa MULTI-MASTER head.
Naturally, the cutting data for MM EC… heads is the same as for the 90˚ solid carbide endmills
considered in the previous pages.

Table 20 MM HC… Heads: Starting Feed fz, mm/tooth
ISO Class
DIN/ISO 513

P

M
K
H

fz,mm/tooth, for D, mm
Mat. Group*

8

10

12

16

1-4

0.11

0.13

0.13

0.15

5

0.1

0.12

0.13

0.13

6, 7

0.09

0.1

0.1

0.12

8, 9

0.08

0.09

0.1

0.12

10

0.07

0.08

0.09

0.1

11

0.06

0.07

0.08

0.09

12, 13

0.07

0.08

0.09

0.1

15-16

0.1

0.13

0.14

0.16

17-18

0.09

0.12

0.13

0.15

38.1**

0.04

0.05

0.06

0.06

* ISCAR material group in accordance with VDI 3323 standard** HRC 45-49

33
Die and Mold

MULTI-MASTER shanks
The MULTI-MASTER shanks are produced from various materials:
steel (for general applications), tungsten carbide (has high stiffness) and heavy metal (an alloy withgreat tungsten percentage with small alloying additions of other metals; the alloy features excellent
vibration damping properties but not recommended for heavy-duty applications due to its limited
impact fatigue strength).
The shanks differ in configuration: without neck and with straight or tapered neck.
The taper angle for standard shanks varies from 5˚ on side to 1˚. Of course, overall lengths andneck lengths vary also.
Combining the above shank characteristics provides the die maker with the tool that is exactly
needed in his specific operation, whether it be roughing or finishing, machining deep cavities orshoulders, milling under poor clamping or with high overhang.
Modularity converts the MULTI-MASTER tools into a powerful means for choosing the right tool.

Table 21 MM HC… Heads: Starting Speed Vc, m/min (rough to semi-finish milling)

Milling Tools

ISO Class
DIN/ISO 513

P

M
K
H

ISCAR
Mat. Group*

Slot
Milling

ShoulderMilling

1

160

190

2-4

125

160

5

110

135

6

115

140

7-9

95

130

10

95

125

11

80

110

12, 13

90

120

15-16

145

175

17-18

135

165

38.1**

55

75* ISCAR material group in accordance with VDI 3323 standard** HRC 45-49

In case of unfavorable conditions (poor clamping, milling thin walls, high overhang) the values inTables 20 and 21 should be reduced by 20-30%.
Generally, the MULTI-MASTER endmill heads are produced from grade IC908 that has toughsubmicron substrate and PVD TiAlN coating. This universal grade is suitable for wide-range milling
applications, including interrupted cut and unfavorable conditions, with medium to high cutting
speeds; and feature excellent notch wear and built-up edge resistance.
Additionally, some heads intended for milling hardened steel are manufactured from grade IC903.
The previous section is devoted to solid carbide endmills and contains a brief description.
ExampleRough milling a square shoulder of 4 mm width (ae) and 6 mm height (ap) is need during machining
a bushing of a die set. The bushing material – steel AISI S1 with hardness HB 190. A planner
specified for milling a MULTI-MASTER tool comprising short steel shank MM S-A-L070-W20-T10
and economy head MM HC160C16R0.4-2T10 908. The bushing is properly clamped into theclamping fixture of the machine tool.
The machined material relates to the sixth material group (No.6).
The nominal diameter of the above head is 16 mm (D), its cutting length 15 mm (Ap).
Under these tool dimensions and machining requirements one pass is enough for milling theshoulder (ae/D = 6/16=3/8, ap<Ap); so the shoulder can be machined by one pass (p. 31).
From Table 20, starting feed fz =0.12 mm/tooth and from Table 21, starting cutting
speed Vc=140 m/min.

34

For more detail information regarding MULTI-MASTER endmill cutting heads, shanks andextensions, refer to ISCAR catalogs, guides and technical leaflets.

90˚ Extended Flute Mill Cutters
Cutting blades of extended flute mill cutters consist of sets of indexable inserts. The inserts, which
are placed gradually and with mutual offset of one another, produce continuous helical cutting
blades and engage the material during machining and results in a smooth cut. As against an
ordinary indexable mill with length of cut that is limited by the cutting edge of the insert mounted on
the mill, the cutting length of the extended flute cutter is significantly larger – it is “extended”
due to the whole set of the insert. Correspondingly, a chip gullet of the ordinary mill transforms
in a full flute for proper chip handling.

The extended flute cutters can be with integral body or modular tools assembled from different
sections. In accordance to sizes and adaptation the cutters are produced with shanks or like shellmills.
The extended flute cutters perform heavy roughing operations such as heavy-duty milling deepslots, grooves and shoulders. They are used also as edging mill.
ISCAR offers the broad-range line of the fully effective extended flute mill cutters. Although thistype of the milling tools is not the most common in the die and mold making process, within thescope of the reference guide we consider briefly the assignment of cutting data for the extended
flute cutters with the latest inserts. The detailed method of defining speeds and feeds in this casedemands taking into account different combinations of the main machining parameters, which canadversely affect performance and tool life. Therefore, for initial estimation it is quite sufficient to use
the data of Tables 22-24 that relate to the extended flute cutters carrying the inserts of SUMO TEC
carbide grades.

Milling Tools

For fully effective extended flute cutters the number of face teeth is equal to the number of flutes;
and for half effective cutters with staggered order of the inserts, the number of the face teeth istwice as small as the flute number. Understandably, the fully effective cutters run twice as fast as
the half effective ones under the same cutting speed and feed per tooth.

ap in the tables is depth of cut, ae means width of cut correspondingly, and D – nominal cutter
diameter.
The speeds for milling full slot take values of milling shoulder with ap/D>0.5; and if in this caseap/D>1.25, the values should be reduced by 20%.

Cutting porcupine
In the technical literature the extended flute mill cutters are called also long-edge, porcupine-type
or porcupine cutters and even, as it is sometimes called in shoptalk, “porkies”.

35
Die and Mold

Table 22 Starting Speed Vc, m/min (average data for extended flute cutters)

Milling Tools

ISO Class
DIN/ISO
513

ISCAR
Mat.
Group*

IC808
0.3…0.5
200
175
155
165
150
140
125
120
105
110
160
140

ae/D for grades
IC810
IC830
0.3…0.5 >0.5 <0.3 0.3…0.5
180
160 160140
160
150 140125140
130 120110
150
120 130
115
135
120 125110
130
115 120
105
115
110 10590
110
105 105
90
100
90
85
80
110
100
170
150 170150
150
135 160135<0.3>0.5 <0.3
1
225
170 200
2-4
200
160 1805170
140 1556
180
130 1657
170
130 155P
8
170
125 1559140
120 13010140
115 130
11
120
95 11012, 13
125
100
M
15-16
175
135 200
K
17-18
165
125 170
38.1**
70
H– First choice for grades* ISCAR material group in accordance with VDI 3323 standard** HRC 45-49>0.5 <0.3
125 150
115 125
100 11095 12095 11590 11585 10085 10075
80
90 110
130
120

IC330
0.3…0.5
130
115
100
110
105
100
85
85
75
100

Table 23 Basic Feed fo, mm/tooth, for Extended Flute Cutters
ISO
Class
DIN/ISO
513

ISCAR
Material
Group*

fo, mm/tooth
T290 LNK…
T490 LNK (LNM)…
T490 SM…
12-16
20
20-32
40-50
40-50
63
1
0.13
0.14
0.16
0.2
0.2
0.22
2-4
0.11
0.12
0.14
0.17
0.17
0.18
5
0.09
0.1
0.12
0.15
0.15
0.16
6
0.09
0.1
0.12
0.15
0.15
0.16
7
0.09
0.1
0.12
0.15
0.15
0.16
P
8
0.09
0.1
0.12
0.15
0.15
0.16
9
0.08
0.09
0.1
0.12
0.12
0.13
10
0.08
0.09
0.1
0.12
0.12
0.13
11
0.06
0.07
0.08
0.1
0.1
0.1
12, 13
0.12
0.1
0.12
0.15
0.15
0.16
M
15-16
0.14
0.12
0.14
0.17
0.17
0.19
K
17-18
0.12
0.1
0.12
0.15
0.15
0.16
38.1**
0.05
0.06
0.07
0.08
0.08
0.09
H
ISCAR
material
group
inaccordance
with
VDI
3323
standard*** HRC 45-49

H490 SM…
63
80-100
0.22
0.25
0.18
0.19
0.16
0.17
0.16
0.17
0.16
0.17
0.16
0.17
0.13
0.14
0.13
0.14
0.1
0.12
0.16
0.16
0.19
0.2
0.16
0.17
0.09
0.1

Table 24 Loading Factor KL for Extended Flute Cutters
ap/D
1/10
1/4*
1/20
1.2
1
1/4
1.2
1
1/2
1.2
1
3/4
1
0.8
1
0.9
0.7
>1.25
0.7
0.6
For
T290
LNK…
cutters
ae/D
shall
not
exceed
1/4
*

36

>0.5
115
110
100
95
85
85
80
80
70
90

ae/D
1/2
0.9
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5

3/4
0.8
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.55
0.45

1
0.75
0.7
0.65
0.55
0.5
0.4

Starting feed per tooth fz for the extended flute cutters can be estimated in accordance with thefollowing equation:fz = fo x kL
Where:
		(2)

fo – basic feed (Table 23)
kL –loading factor (Table 24) that takes into consideration tool loading.

The machined material relates to the seventh material group (No.7).
The nominal diameter of the cutter is 100 mm (D), its maximal cutting length 61.5 mm (Ap) - thecatalog data. The inserts’ carbide grade – IC830.
ae/D = 40/100=0.4; ap/D = 60/100=0.6.
Hence, from Table 22, starting cutting speed Vc can be estimated as 110 m/min; and from Table
23, basic feed fo=0.17 mm/tooth. Table 24 specifies loading factor kL as 0.75 (approximation).
Thus the starting feed fz = 0.17x0.75≈0.13 mm/tooth.
Important Note
Heavy-duty rough milling with the extended flute cutters, especially of shell mill type, often
demands high machine power. Check power consumption and compare it with the main drive
specification of your machine tool!

Tangential or radial? (2)Further to our discussion regarding tangential and radial (laydown) insert clamping in the context ofthe extended flute cutters, it can be noted that under otherwise equal conditions the extended flute
cutters with radial clamping have certain advantages in chip handling and can show better results
while milling full deep slots. The cutters with tangential clamping, however, provide an advantage
when machining deep shoulders due to their more rigid body structure.
Of course, these remarks should not be considered as absolute guidelines for choosing a cutter
or as a final solution of the question of the header, but is a good illustration of a reason for different
principles of tool configurations.

Milling Tools

ExampleExtended flute shell mill cutter H490 SM D100-64-5-40-17C carrying inserts H490 ANKX
170608PNTR IC830 performs rough milling of a deep shoulder of a large-size die structuralcomponent made from AISI/SAE 4130 alloy steel, which has hardness HB 270. The shoulder
dimensions are as follows: 60 mm depth and 40 mm width.
The machine tool power is sufficient, the clamping conditions are good.

37
Die and Mold

2 Milling Plane Surfaces
The first choice for milling plane surfaces is face mills. The face mills are intended for machining
surfaces that are parallel to the mill face. Obviously, the endmill examined in the previous section,
also belongs to such general definition. Moreover, the face mill and likewise the endmills machinesquare shoulders. But the definition of mill types relates to main distinctive features and underlines
them in specification.

Milling Tools

Due to main application the face mills have additional design features in comparison with theendmills. The cutting diameter of a face mill is considerably larger than its maximal depth of cut; andthe ratio between the mentioned key dimensions far exceeds the corresponding ratio in endmills.
Generally, the face mills are designed as shell mills with a stepped bore for mounting directly uponan adapter, an arbor or a machine tool spindle; and have a key slot on its non-cutting face fortorque transfer. The endmills, on the contrary, belong to shank-type tools for which mounting
and activation is performed by shank.
One of the main design characteristics of a milling tool is the position of the cutting edge of the toolwith respect to machine surfaces. The position defines the cutting edge angle (entering angle).
So as to meet various shape requirements of machined parts, cutting tool manufacturers produce
the face mills with different cutting edge angles. The most common types of the face mills have thefollowing cutting edge angles:• 90˚ (0˚ lead angle correspondingly)• 75˚ (15˚ lead)• 60˚ (30˚ lead)• 45˚ (45˚ lead)Classically, if there is no limitation regarding the shape of machined surface, the face mill with thesmallest cutting edge angle is recommended. The point is that the maximal chip thickness,
which characterizes the mill loading, is equal to full feed per tooth for 90˚ mills and, for cuttingedge angles differing 90˚, to the product of the feed to sine of the cutting edge angle.
Therefore, the smaller angles allow higher feed per tooth under the same mill loading(maximal chip thickness) – a good source for increasing productivity*. See tables 25, 26.

Table 25 Chip Thickness for the Same Feed per Tooth
Cutting edge angle

90˚

75˚

60˚

45˚

Chip thickness

100%

97%

87%

71%

Table 26 Feed Increasing for the Same Chip Thickness
Cutting edge angle

90˚

75˚

60˚

45˚

Feed per tooth

100%

103%

115%

141%

* This approach resides in high-feed machining (HFM).
38

Cutting edge angle or approach angle?
There a well-defined strict specification for the angles’ defined cutting geometry of the milling tools.
However, national standard sometimes defines the same parameters in a different manner thatcauses misunderstandings even in technical literature and between experienced metal cutting
specialists.
The angle between the plane of the main cutting plane (the plane that the edge machines) and themachined plane surface (which the mill machined) is called the tool cutting edge angle or the
cutting edge angle.
Some technical sources call it also the entering angle, the cut-entering angle, the entry
angle or the entrance angle. Its value is often indicated before a general type or header of milling
tool families. For example: “90˚ milling tool” means that the mill has a 90˚ cutting edge angle.
In the U.S.A. and U.K., it is common practice to specify the angle that is complimentary to the cuttingedge angle: so-called the lead angle (USA) and the approach angle (UK) – the angle formed by themain cutting edge and a line parallel to the axis of the cutter rotation.

As it is not always clear what angle is specified, please pay attention to prevent confusion.
In addition, the smaller cutting edge angles lead possibly render a smoother engagment into thematerial and exit during milling operations. The radial component of a cutting force is reduced, andthe radial pressure, correspondingly, too. That is very important for materials that have a tendencyof break-out edges (cast iron, for instance). Heat dissipation is better; insert life is longer.
However, many applications demand 90˚ shoulder shapes. Decreasing the cutting edge angle
reduces the radial component of the cutting force but leads to increasing its axial component*,
which can cause deflected machined surfaces, especially if a workpiece has thin walls. Moreover,other insert dimensions being more or less equal, 90˚ mills have greater maximal depth of cut – animportant feature of the mill.
It stands to reason that milling operations need a different type of mill; and only correctly
understanding operation requirements coupled with the main properties of the different mill types
will bring the proper choice of mill.

Milling Tools

Being the complimentary angles, the cutting edge angle and the lead angle produce together 90˚;and they are equal only in case of 45˚ mills. For our example above the lead angle is 0˚ (“zero lead”).

ISCAR has a rich line of face mills with various cutting edge angles for broad spectrum
applications. Among the latest 90˚ face mills are the tools of the HELITANG T490,
SUMOMILL T290 and HELIDO H490 families. The main features of these tools have alreadybeen discussed in brief in the section of the endmills in this guide. As before, HELI2000 HM90
family with the classically designed 2 cutting edged insert is in great request.
The 45˚ face mills grew in the newest HELIDO S845 family with an innovative solution that enables
using either square or octagonal double-sided inserts on the same tool. The mills of the family offer
an effective solution of inserts with 8 or 16 cutting edges. If the square right-hand inserts feature
durable structure, positive geometry of the rake face and 8 cutting edges; the octagonal highstrength inserts have 16 cutting edges, either right-hand or left-hand and are very economical peredge inserts.
Summary tables 27 and 28 show main general data of some advanced ISCAR
90˚ and 45˚ face mills.

* This approach resides in high-feed machining (HFM).
39
Die and Mold

Table 27 Quick Selector for Certain 90˚ Indexable Face MillsHP
F90AN
ap 7.7Tool D
32
6; 8
40
8; 10
50
9; 12
63
12; 16
80
100
125
160
200
250
315

Milling Tools

Inserts

T490
H490
HM90 H490
T490
HM90 T290
T490
H490
HP
FLN -08 E90AX -09 F90AP E90AX -12 FLN -13 F90A FLN -15 FLN -16 E90AX -17 F90AT -19
8
8
10
12
12.5
14.3
15
16
16
16
Number of Teeth (Effective)
3; 5
5
3; 5
4; 6
6
5;6
4
4; 5
3; 4
4
3
3
5; 7
7
6; 7
3; 5
5; 6
3; 5
5
3; 4
3; 4
3; 4
6; 9
9
7; 9
4; 6
6; 8
4; 6
6
4; 6
4; 6
4; 5
8; 11
5; 7
7; 10
5; 7
7
5; 7
5; 7
4; 6
9; 13
6; 9
8; 13
6; 8
5; 8
5; 8
5; 7
10; 16
9;17
7; 9
7; 10
7; 10
8; 10
8; 12
9; 12
10
10
12
12

HP
T490
H490
ANKT 07 LN..T 08 ANKX 09

T490
HM90 T290
T490
H490
LN..T 13 AD..15 LN..T 15 LN..T 16 AN..X 17

HP90
AD.. 1906

Wiper insert
Normally, the ordinary inserts for face milling are provided today with a wiper flat for improving
quality of a machined plane surface. This is a small secondary cutting edge, which in spite of thedefinition "flat", sometimes has a complex geometry but can be considered to be parallel to themachined surface. For this, although the wiper flat improves the surface roughness, it is notalways enough, particularly for the face mills with a relatively large nominal diameter.
The situation becomes much better if in addition to the ordinary inserts, a face mill carriesa specially designed insert (or more rarely two for large-sized tools), for which the wiper flat issignificantly larger than for the ordinary one. This wiper insert is mounted in the same pocket but it
protrudes 0.05…0.07 mm relative to the ordinary inserts towards to the machined plane.
Due to the wide wiper flat the wiper insert applies additional force to the workpiece that needs
special emphasis for milling brittle materials.

Table 28 Quick Selector for HELIDO 45˚ Indexable Face Mills
SOF45 8/16
ap 3.5Tool D
40
50
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
Inserts

40

HM90 H490
AP…10 AN..X 12

S845 F45SX
7.1

4
4; 6
6; 8
7; 10
8; 12
10; 16

SOF45 8/16
6
Number of Teeth (Effective)
4
4; 6
6; 8
7; 10
8; 12
10; 16

ON…U 0505

S845 SN…U 1305

S845 SXMU

4
4; 5
5; 7
6; 9
7; 11
8; 14
10; 1812
15
19

Table 28 Quick Selector for HELIDO 45˚ Indexable Face Mills (cont.)

Inserts

T490
H490
HM90 H490
T490
HM90 T290
T490
H490
HP
FLN -08 E90AX -09 F90AP E90AX -12 FLN -13 F90A FLN -15 FLN -16 E90AX -17 F90AT -19
8
8
10
12
12.5
14.3
15
16
16
16
Number of Teeth (Effective)
3; 5
5
3; 5
4; 6
6
5;6
4
4; 5
3; 4
4
3
3
5; 7
7
6; 7
3; 5
5; 6
3; 5
5
3; 4
3; 4
3; 4
6; 9
9
7; 9
4; 6
6; 8
4; 6
6
4; 6
4; 6
4; 5
8; 11 5; 7
7; 10
5; 7
7
5; 7
5; 7
4; 6
9; 13 6; 9
8; 13
6; 8
5; 8
5; 8
5; 7
10; 16
9;17
7; 9
7; 10
7; 10
8; 10
8; 12
9; 12
10
10
12
12

HP
T490
H490
ANKT 07 LN..T 08 ANKX 09

HM90 H490
AP…10 AN..X 12

T490
HM90 T290
T490
H490
LN..T 13 AD..15 LN..T 15 LN..T 16 AN..X 17

HP90
AD.. 1906

Pitch of milling tool
The pitch is the distance between two nearest-neighbor teeth of a milling tool measured between
the same points of the cutting edges of the teeth. The pitch shows density of tooth of a milling toolin accordance to which the tools differ from the tools with coarse, fine and extra fine pitch.
		
Choosing the proper right tooth density depends on two main things. On the one hand, at least
one tooth should always cut material. On the other hand, the space of a chip gullet should beenough for chip handling. Hence, the machined material and type of machining are the principal
factors for choosing. General-duty coarse pitch with maximum chip gullet space and a few teeth are
the first choice for rough and finish milling of steel. Also, in many cases the coarse pitch is a way
to reduce vibration.
Fine pitch, which provides less space for the chip gullet but more teeth, allows increased feed speed.
It is recommended for milling cast iron and for applications requiring limited feed per tooth.
Extra fine pitch generally is suitable for milling steel with shallow depth of cut, milling cast iron andhigh-efficiency machining with considerable feed speed.
Sometimes, in order to overcome vibrations during operations, the teeth are produced with unequal
spacing, which is to say, the tool has differential pitch.

Milling Tools

HP
F90AN
ap 7.7Tool D
32
6; 8
40
8; 10
50
9; 12
63
12; 16
80
100
125
160
200
250
315

In technical literature parallel with the coarse-fine-extra fine pitch, grading also exists:coarse-medium (or regular)-fine, normal-close-extra close and other definitions. In addition, tools
with extra-fine pitch can be called high-density cutters.

41
Die and Mold

Cutting diameter and width of cut
Normally, peak efficiency in face milling can be achieved if a width of cut will be 60-80% of a millcutting diameter. Of course, the real situation often dictates other proportions even when millinga full slot, but the above ratio is always preferable.
The meaning of the cutting diameter for the face milling tool with indexable inserts needs
clarification. In accordance with ISO standard 6462 it shall be taken from point P as defined inFig. 2 (diameter D). Point P is the theoretical point produced by intersection of the main cuttingedge and the plane machined by the mill. The cutting diameter is one of the main dimensions of
the mill, and it often is called the nominal diameter.

Milling Tools

For 90˚ face mills the cutting diameter is consistent along the cutting edge and does not change fordifferent depths of cut (ap).
At the same time, if the cutting edge angle (χr) differs from 90˚, the real cutting diameter will be
D+2×ap×tan χr. One would think that the right calculation should take this point into consideration.
But the fact that in the face mills the maximal depth of cut of a tool far less cutting diameter D,
allows neglecting the above correction; and it is conventional to specify the cutting speed, thespindle speed, etc. with respect to cutting diameter D as defined in ISO 6462.*

Fig. 2. Cutting diameter D and cutting edge angle (in accordance with ISO 6462)

Xr

ØD* The guide also uses this specification.
42

P

ØD

P

Initial Cutting Data
Basically, the way of defining the initial cutting data is the same as for the endmills with indexable
inserts, already examined.

a) Starting feed per tooth fz

fz = fz0 x kχ(3)

Where: fz0 – the basic starting feedkχ – the factor of the cutting edge angle

Table 29 Basic Starting Feed fzo for Face Mills
ISO Class
DIN/ISO
513

Workpiece material
Basic feed fz0, mm/tooth, for grades
Type
Mat. Group*
IC808
IC5100IC810
DT7150
IC830
IC330
1-4
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.22
0.25
Plain carbon
steel
5
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.2
0.22
6, 7
0.15
0.15
0.18
0.2
0.22
Alloy steel
8, 9
0.12
0.12
0.15
0.18
0.2
P
and
10
0.12
0.12
0.12
0.15
0.15
tool steel
11
0.1
0.1
0.12
0.12
0.15
Martensitic s.s.
12, 13
0.1
0.12
0.15
M
Grey cast iron
15-16
0.22
0.25
0.25
0.22
K
Nodular cast iron
17-18
0.2
0.22
0.22
0.2
38.1
0.08
0.08
Hardened steel
38.2
0.07
H
39
0.05
ISCAR
material
group
inaccordance
with
VDI
3323
standard*– First choice for grades
For T290 face mills the table values should be reduced by 30%.
For the face mills with inserts HP ANKX…07 and T490 LN..T…08 the table values should be reduced by 20%.
For milling hardened steel, see the appropriate chapter for further discussion

Milling Tools

The basic starting feed can be chosen in accordance with Table 5, that specifies the feed limits
for the more popular ISCAR carbide grades. Optionally, as the case may be, the satisfactory
estimation of the basic feed is achieved with the use of Table 29, which contains the averagevalues for the face mills.

The factor of the cutting edge angle kχ (Table 30) reflects possible increasing of feed for the samechip thickness due to position of the main cutting edge relative to the machined plane surface(compare with Table 26).

Table 30 Factor of the Cutting Edge Angle kχCutting edge angle

90˚

75˚

60˚

45˚

kχ

1

1

1.1

1.4

43
Die and Mold

b) Starting cutting speed Vc
Exactly as for the indexable endmills, calculation of starting cutting speed Vc for the face mills
rests on equation (1):

Vc = Vo x Ks x Kt

Milling Tools

Where:
		
		
		

44

Vc – starting cutting speed
Vo – basic cutting speed
Ks – stability factor (1 if stability is enough and 0.7 for unstable operations)Kt – tool life factor (Table 8)

Table 9 specifies basic cutting speed Vo as dictated by the workpiece material, the carbide
grade and the type of machining, whilst defining the latter can be done through Tables 6 and 7.
If desired, upon condition that the starting feed was calculated from equation (3) and Table 29,
the type of machining for a face mill more suitable for the operation (when the width of cut
is 60-80% of the mill diameter) or for milling a full slot (100% diameter engagement), can betaken from Table 31.

Table 31 Type of Machining: Face Milling*
h/ap

b/D
60%

70%

80%

100%**

1/8

Light-duty (L)Light-duty (L)Light-duty (L)Medium-duty (M)1/4Light-duty (L)Medium-duty (M)Medium-duty (M)Medium-duty (M)1/2Medium-duty (M)Medium-duty (M)Heavy-duty (H)Heavy-duty (H)3/4

Heavy-duty (H)Heavy-duty (H)Heavy-duty (H)Heavy-duty (H)* For starting feed fz in accordance with equation (3)** Milling full slot
Be aware: milling with a width of cut that is 60%-80% of a mill diameter ensures peak efficiency in face milling

Shoptalk: facing and shouldering
In the art of metal cutting, face milling is often called simply facing, slot milling – slotting, andshoulder milling, correspondingly - shouldering.

Example
A face of a plate 90 mm × 406 mm from nodular cast iron DIN GGG 50(ASTM 65-45-12) with hardness HB 180 is machined by face mill cutter SOF 8/16-D125-16-40R
that carries inserts ONMU 050505-TN IC810. The depth of cut is 3 mm.
Power of the machine tool main drive is sufficient; the plate is secure mounted in the clamping
device of the machine tool.
The machined material relates to the seventeenth material group (No.17).
The nominal diameter of the cutter is 125 mm (D), its maximal cutting length 3.5 mm (ap) - thecatalog data. The inserts’ carbide grade – IC810.
The cutting edge angle of the face mill cutter is 44˚ (it can be rounded off to 45˚).

ExampleCutter H490 F90AX D063-6-27-17 with inserts H490 ANKX 170608PNTR IC330 performs face
milling of a large-scale block by several passes, for which the depth of cut is 6 mm and the widthof cut is 50 mm. The block material is carbon steel AISI/SAE 1030, HB 200…220. The operation
stability can be estimated as sufficient.
The machined material relates to the second material group (No. 2).
The nominal diameter of the cutter is 63 mm (D), its maximal cutting length 16 mm (ap) - thecatalog data. The inserts’ carbide grade – IC330.
The cutting edge angle of the face mill cutter is 90˚.
h/ap = 6/16=0.38; b/D = 50/63=0.8.
Then basic starting feed fzo=0.2 mm/tooth (Table 29), factor of the cutting edge angle kχ=1
(Table 30) and starting feed fz = 0.2 mm/tooth.
The type of machining according to Table 31 lays between medium- to heavy-duty, for which
Table 9 recommends the starting speeds 140 and 125 m/min correspondingly. As it stands we canaccept a more or less average value between these limits as the starting cutting speed,
thus Vc = 130 m/min.

Milling Tools

h/ap = 3/3.5=0.86; b/D = 90/125=0.72.
So, basic starting feed fzo=0.22 mm/tooth (Table 29), factor of the cutting edge angle kχ=1.4(Table 30) and starting feed fz = 0.22x1.4≈0.3 mm/tooth.
The type of machining is heavy-duty (Table 31), and starting cutting speed Vc= 200 m/min(Table 9).

Clamping screws with adjustable protrusion nozzle for shell-type face m ills
Most conventionally designed shell-type face mills are equipped with coolant holes for thespindle-through coolant supply. The holes are usually located in the chip gullets and are directed
towards the cutting edges. This design ensures coolant supply at the cutting zone, but in manycases does not facilitate chip evacuation, as the coolant flow tends to push the chips back towards
the inserts.
Several cutting tool manufacturers produce clamping screws with internal ports.
The screws secure the face mills on the adapter and ensure flow through the axis of a tool to its
periphery and thus facilitate improved chip evacuation. However, as shell mills have central
countersink with different depths, effective application of such screws is limited.
The ISCAR clamping screws with movable nozzle eliminate the above disadvantage.
The protrusion of the nozzle of the screw can be easily adjusted according to countersink depth,
insert size or any other application requirements. The nozzle screw position can be secured bya locking-nut.
The adjustable protrusion nozzle effectively directs the coolant supply to the cutting zone,
thus improving chip evacuation substantially.

45
Die and Mold

3 Milling Contoured Surfaces (profiling)
The outstanding characteristics of the die and mold industry show through a large proportion ofcontoured surfaces, especially in the production of plastic molds and die-casting dies.
Therefore, while speaking about the specific tools for die and mold, one often means the tools,
and first of all milling cutters, for machining the very same contoured surfaces. These kinds oftools represent the majority of metal cutting tools required by die and mold makers.

		Contoured surfaces
		 In the technical literature the contoured surfaces are also called formed surfaces, profiled		 surfaces, 3-D shaped surfaces, and etc.

3.1. Milling tools with toroidal cutting profile

Milling Tools

A milling tool with toroidal cutting profile being rotated around the tool axis produces
a torus – a geometrical form, which is generated by revolving a circle about an axis that does nottouch the circle and is coplanar with it – a ring-shaped bagel (Fig. 3).

Fig. 3.

Structurally, this profile is realized in the following designs:• Milling tools with indexable round inserts• Solid carbide toroidal milling tools• Interchangeable solid carbide toroidal milling heads
The solid carbide tools and heads are more suitable for small nominal diameters.
Due to some limitations they often look like a bull-nose or back-draft mills (Fig. 4)

Fig. 4.

α°46

r

3.1.1. Milling tools with indexable round inserts
By all accounts, the milling tools with round (or as it also called button) inserts are the mostpopular roughing and semi-finishing mills in machining dies and molds, especially complex
male-female main parts such as cavities and projections. In roughing, when the primary target
is the highest metal removal rate, the round inserts have two significant advantages that
contribute greatly to their successful use. Whether or not, both of the advantages relate
to the round shape of the inserts.

All around … a round!
A tool intended for milling countered surfaces should have a cutting geometry that not only contacts
the surface but also ensures correct generation of a needed shape in every direction.
Generally speaking, for rough milling any cutting geometry can be suitable; but in finish
operations, only the cutting edge, which lays on a spherical portion, meets the above
requirements. Therefore the milling tools with complex cutting form:
toroidal or ball nose, are very popular in the die and mold industry. One way or another, but lookabout – a round!
Secondly, a varying cutting edge angle. The cutting edge angle, which is consistant in case of thepolygonal insert, varies along the cutting edge of the round insert from zero to the value
measured at the highest point of the cutting edge that is involved in cutting. The latter defines
the maximal cutting edge angle (χmax, Fig. 5). When the tool runs at its maximum depth of cut
that is equal to the insert radius, the maximal cutting edge angle will be 90˚.

Fig. 5.

8
1
6

2

6
4

45
6
7
8

3

1
2
3

3

5

5

2

4

45
6
7
8

1
2
3

8
1

d=2r

D

Milling Tools

Firstly, strength of the cutting edge. If the cutting corner is the Achilles heel for an insert of any
polygonal shape, the round insert without a cutting corner is much stronger.
The higher strength allows more heavy tool load or in other words, stronger cutting data:
more feed and speed that cause the improved metal removal rate.

Xmax
Xeff
ap

Xmax

Deff
D1=D+d47
Die and Mold

The maximal cutting edge angle can be found from the following equation:cos χmax = 1-ap/r(4)

Where ap – a depth of cut
		r – the radius of a round insert
Due to variation of the cutting edge angle along the cutting edge area involved in milling,
the average or effective cutting edge angle χeff often used in calculations.

χeff = χmax/2(5)

In case of side milling when the face of a tool with round inserts does not cut, the effective
cutting edge angle (Fig. 6) is defined as:Milling Tools

χeff = [arccos (1-ap2/r)+arccos (1-ap1/r)]/2(5a)

The effective cutting edge angle is one of the important factors of cutting geometry of the tools withround inserts. Similar to the tools with polygonal inserts it determines the relationship between
the radial and the axial components of a cutting force. The effective cutting edge angle depends
on a depth of cut and therefore, it changes, between a close to zero value for very shallow depths
of cut and 45˚ when the depth of cut is equal to the radius of a round insert. Because a changeof the depth of cut causes a change of the effective cutting edge angle and hence, of relationshipbetween the cutting force components, this phenomenon allows for an effective way of cutting
force monitoring. The growth of the depth causes increasing the radial and reducing the axial
components, and vice-versa. Evidently, in very shallow cuts the radial component will be negligible
and the cutting force acting on the main cutting plane is directed towards the tool axis.

3P(2): Patent-Protected Products
The absolute majority of new 3P products relates to state-of-the-art development and meetsthe requirements of up-to-the minute technology. Therefore, these 3P tools and inserts are theproducts protected by patent or at least are patent-pending products.
The considerable radial component leads to the tool deflection and vibrations, while the excessive
axial component adversely affects machining accuracy and can cause problems with workholding.
Therefore, the correct choice of the depth of cut allows the die and mold maker to define theoptimal loading conditions for machining a specific part depending on the part shape, machine tool
characteristics, clamping fixture, etc.

Table 32 Cutting Edge Angles as Function of Ratio ap/r*
ap/r

1/16

1/8

3/8

1/2

5/8

3/4

7/8

1

Xmax

20˚

29˚

52˚

60˚

68˚

76˚

83˚

90˚

Xeff

10˚

14.5˚

26˚

30˚

34˚

38˚

41.5˚

45˚

* ap is an axial depth of cut, r - the radius of a round insert

Decreasing the cutting edge angle produces more thin chips and thus allows an effective way forhigher productivity. Indeed, the feed per tooth used for programming a tool route relates to the
maximal possible depth of cut that is equal to the radius of a round insert. In this case a tool withround inserts is more or less similar to a milling tool with 45˚ cutting edge angle. But if the tool cuts
under the maximal depth, the chip is thinner (Fig. 7); and the programmed feed per tooth should
be increased correspondingly in order to produce the chips of required thickness. That is why chipthinning demands even higher feeds and thus makes improving productivity possible.

48

Fig. 6.

d=2r

45
6
7
8

8
1
2

8
1
6

45
6
7
8

6
5

3

X2

X1

2

ap2

4

1
2
3

3

5

1
2
3

Xeff

4

Milling Tools

ap1

6
5

3

2

4

45
6
7
8

1
2
3

8
1

Fig. 7.

fz

3

5

2

8
1
6
4

ap max

4

45
6
7
8

3

1
2
3

2

6

h1

5

45
6
7
8

1
2
3

8
1

hmax

ap1

ap1
h1

49
Die and Mold

Insert size
The size of a round insert is its diameter. For example, “insert size 12” means “a 12 mm diameterround insert”.

Milling Tools

Although milling at the full possible depth (the radius of a round insert) leads to maximum
engagement between a tool and a workpiece, considerable increase of the radial componentof the cutting force, extraneous vibrations, and as a result, excessive wear, - the shape of amachined contoured surface sometimes demands coming into cutting contact exactly at thisarea. On the other hand, maximum effect is at the highest if the depth of cut ensures that the
maximal cutting edge angle 25˚…45˚, that is approximately 0.1…0.3 of the insert radius (or in otherwords, 0.05…0.15 of the insert diameter). For that reason the ISCAR regular round inserts have 8
indexed working positions for 45˚ or 90˚ indexing. The rake face of some of them is indicated in thecorresponding numbers: 1, 2, 3, … for better usability. The specially shaped side faces on the relief
surfaces or the bottom protrusions of the inserts keep an insert from drifting during cutting.

50

High overhang dramatically reduces vibration stability of milling cutters and the mills with roundinserts are no exception. As a rule, milling with the overhang already twice as large the milldiameter requires decreasing cutting data for stable machining. The same situation is observed
while milling near thin walls and in poor workholding: both of these cases also result in reduced
cutting data. ISCAR MILLSHRED line offers a good solution for the problem. In addition, it
provides the users with another operating benefit of efficient milling at the full possible depth.
The main principle of the MILLSHRED insert is a combination of the round cutting profile withthe chip splitting effect. It is achieved by the serrated cutting edge of the insert. The insert has 4indexed working positions for 90˚ indexing; and the serrations on the cutting edge were designed
so they overlap, providing a fully effective tool configuration. The MILLSHRED milling tools can
carry either the round inserts with serrated cutting edge (designated as RCMT…) or regular roundinserts (RCC… MO).

Serrate aroundThe serrated cutting edge that splits chips into small pieces significantly upgrades the round insert.
First of all, reducing the cutting force (and especially its radial component) accrued from the chip
splitting, substantially improves the dynamic behavior and less bending of a tool, that ensures stable
cutting with normal feeds if the tool overhang is high. Therefore the overhang range can beconsiderably extended. Normally the upper border of the range comes close to the ten tool
diameters. In many cases such a simple and cheap solution renders unnecessary use of complex
and expensive toolholding devices with vibration-dampening properties.
It is very important to note that the serrated cutting edge provides a means of depth equal to theinsert radius.
Also, the lower the cutting force the lower the machining power.
Secondly, the small chip pieces simplify chip evacuation, specifically in deep cavities of dies andmolds.
And thirdly, the small pieces have fewer tendencies to be re-cut and that greatly improves roughmilling of the deep cavities and increases tool life.

The selection guideline and general recommendations regarding a more suitable cutting geometryfor MILLSHRED plain and serrated inserts depends on machining parameters and the type of
workpiece material (listed in Tables 33 and 34).

Table 33 Selection Guidelines for MILLSHRED Round Inserts
InsertCutting Edge TypeRCC…MO

RCMT…

plain

serrated

Depth of cut to 0.15×d*
Depth of cut above 0.15×d
Tool overhang to 2.5×D**
Tool overhang above 2.5×D
Milling near thin walls
Poor workholding

Milling Tools- Recommended choice			* d is the diameter of a round insert** D is the nominal diameter of a toolFig. 8. A plain round insert mounted for better surface finish

WatermarkRound wiper: a plain round insert improves surface finish
Due to the ability to carry both types of round insert, with plain and serrated cutting edge,
the MILLSHRED cutter allows for combining into one tool assembly. However, so promising analternate mounting plain and serrated inserts together in one tool (a sort of “FINISHRED”)
generally does not lead to essential advantages. Nevertheless, if in a tool with the serrated inserts
we change a serrated insert on the plain round one, the surface finish of a machined workpiece will
be improved. Here the regular plain insert looks like a wiper insert. Although the MILLSHRED tools
are intended mostly for rough milling, they are also used for semi-finish operations and the above
way of improvement is a simple but effective means. The plain round insert should be mounted in
the pocket that is marked by a small round recess (so-called “watermark”, Fig. 8).

51
Die and Mold

Table 34 Selection of MILLSHRED Inserts for Machining Die and Mold Materials
Type of Milling

Roughing
RCMT...FW

Roughing and Semi-Finishing

RCMT...FW-T20 RCMT...FW-F20 RCCT...MO

RCCW..MO

InsertDesignation

Geometry

Positive rake face

Mat.
group

12º

Positive rake facewith T-land
0.15
20º
20º

Positive rake face
sharp edge

Positive rake face

Flat top facewith a t-land

12º

20º

15º

Workpiece
1-5
6-9

P

Milling Tools

10-11

Plain carbon
steel

√√√

√

√

√√√

√√

Low-alloy steel

√√√

√

√

√

√√√

High-alloy steel
and tool steel

√√√

√

√

√

√√√

√√√ (1)√√√ (2)

√√√

12-14

M

Stainless steel

15-20

K

Cast iron

√√

√√√

38.1

H

Hardened steel(HRC 45 max)√√

Application
Helicalinterpolation

Shouldering

ContourMilling

Ramping
Down

Plunging

Profiling

PocketMilling		 Recommended for martensitic stainless steel
		 Recommended for austenitic stainless steel√		 Last recommended√√ Second option√√√ Most recommended(1)(2)

Mainly, the MILLSHRED inserts are produced from grades IC908, which has already been
mentioned in the previous sections, and IC928 – a PVD TiAlN coated tough grade that is especially
recommended for heavy-duty operations. Additionally, the inserts intended for machining cast iron
are made from PVD AlTiN coated carbide grade IC910.

Starting Cutting Dataa) Starting feed per tooth fz

i. MILLSHRED plain round inserts
Generally, the starting cutting feed per tooth that should be use for CNC programming can befound from the following equation:fz = fz0 x KTH x Ks		

(6)

Where:		
fz0 – the basic starting feed		 KTH – the chip thinning factor
		 Ks – the stability factor
The basic starting feed (Table 35) is a recommended feed for milling with depth of cut that is equal
to the radius of a round insert. It corresponds to a maximal chip thickness, which is planned to be
carried out during machining.

52

Table 35 MILLSHRED Plain Round Inserts. Basic Starting Feed fzo, mm/tooth
ISO Class(DIN/ISO
513)

P
M
K
H

Basic starting feed fzo, mm/tooth, for inserts
Material
Group*
1-4
5-9
10-11
12 ,13
15-16
17-18
38.1

RC..W…MO
Ø12
0.21
0.21
0.15
0.18
0.21
0.18
0.12

Ø16
0.28
0.28
0.2
0.24
0.28
0.24
0.15

RC..T…MO
Ø20
0.34
0.34
0.24
0.29
0.34
0.29
0.19

Ø12
0.14
0.14
0.1
0.12

Ø16
0.19
0.19
0.13
0.16

Ø20
0.23
0.23
0.16
0.2

The chip thinning factor, as the function of a depth of cut and hence of a cutting edge angle,
reflects the necessity for increasing the basic starting feed; while CNC programming for obtaining
the planned maximal chip thickness at a time when machining is performed with a depth of cut
less than the radius of the insert.
				

KTH = 1/sin (0.75 x χmax)				

or, that is the same,				

KTH = 1/sin (1.5 x χeff)

(7)

(7a)

The stability factor that takes into account the effect of cutting stability is taken to be 1 fornormal conditions and to 0.7 if the estimated cutting stability is insufficient (milling thin walls, highoverhang, poor toolholding, non-rigid workholding, etc.).
ExampleThe face of a plate from AISI H13 tool steel annealed to HB 170…190 is machined by shell millcutter FRW D068A080-07-27-12 carrying inserts RCCW 1206MO IC908 with 1.5 mm depth ofcut. The plate is properly clamped into a workholding device and the cutter has light overhang.
What is the feed per tooth necessary for CNC programming of the operation?

Milling Tools- recommended choice			* ISCAR material group in accordance with VDI 3323 standard

From Table 35 the basing starting feed for the material group No.10, related to the specified steel,is 0.15 mm. Using equation (4), χmax=41˚; and equation (7), KTH=1.95.
Hence, fz = 0.15×1.95×1=0.29 (mm/tooth); and the programmed feed should be 0.29 mm/tooth.
Alternatively, the feed can be determined by applying Tables 36 and 37 following.
The tables contain feeds per tooth as a function of the diameter of an insert and a depth of cut.
The data in the tables relates to machining a group of materials that is chosen as basic; and for theother material groups the table values should be multiplied by corresponding coefficients.
Table 36, for instance, reflects milling workpiece material groups 5-9 (low alloy steel and quenchedplain carbon steel) and 15-16 (grey cast iron) with the use of inserts RC..W…MO. For machining
groups 10-11 (high alloy and tool steels), the table values should be multiplied by 0.7, formachining groups 17-18 (nodular cast iron) - by 0.85 and for machining group 38.1 (hardened
steels, HRC 45 max) – by 0.55.
The feeds in Table 37 correspond to milling plain carbon and low alloy steels (groups 1-9) by inserts
RC..T…MO. In case of milling material groups 10-11, the table feeds should be multiplied by 0.7;
and for milling material groups 12-13 (ferritic and martensitic stainless steels) – by 0.85.

53
Die and Mold

In either case, machining under unstable operational conditions will also demand reducing
the feed by 30%. Using Table 36, the programmed starting feed for the previous example should
be as follows: 0.4 (the table value) × 0.7 (coefficient for material group No.10) = 0.28 (mm/tooth).
ExampleA workshop plans to perform a semi-finish machining of a deep mold cavity by using endmill cutter
ERW D028A040-A-4-C32-12 with inserts RCCW 1206MO IC908. The cutter is clamped into aspring collet with overhang 150 mm. The workpiece material is unhardened AISI A2 tool steel. The
programmed feed per tooth needs to be found if the cavity planned to be machined is with 0.6 mm
depth of cut.

Milling Tools

The machined material relates to group No.10.
d (the insert diameter) = 12 mm; and the ratio “depth of cut to insert radius”: ap/r=2×ap/d=0.1.
From Table 36 fzo=0.54 mm/tooth (for groups 5-9).
After correcting by the material coefficient (0.7) and the stability factor (0.7), the programmed feed
will be: 0.54×0.7×0.7=0.26 (mm/tooth).

Table 36 MILLSHRED Plain Round Inserts RC..W…MO. Basic Feeds, mm/tooth
Basic starting feed fzo, mm/tooth, for inserts
ap/r

Ø12

Ø16

Ø20

ap

fzo

ap

fzo

ap

fzo

–

0.15

0.8

0.15

1

0.15

1.3

1/16

0.37

0.7

0.5

0.9

0.62

1.2

1/10

0.6

0.54

0.8

0.7

1

0.9

1/8

0.75

0.5

1

0.6

1.25

0.8

1/4

1.5

0.4

2

0.54

2.5

0.67

3/10

1.8

0.36

2.4

0.45

3

0.54

1/2

3

0.27

4

0.36

5

0.45

5/8

3.75

0.21

5

0.28

6.25

0.34

3/4

4.5

0.21

6

0.28

7.5

0.34

7/8

5.25

0.21

7

0.28

8.75

0.34

1

6

0.21

8

0.28

10

0.34

The feeds relate to workpiece material groups 5-9 (low alloy and quenched carbon steels) and 15-16 (grey cast iron).
For machining groups 10-11 (high alloy and tool steels), the table values should be multiplied by 0.7,
for machining groups 17-18 (nodular cast iron) - by 0.85 andfor machining group 38.1 (hardened steel, HRC 45 max) - by 0.55.
- Recommended depths of cut

54

Table 37 MILLSHRED Plain Round Inserts RC..T…MO. Basic Feeds, mm/tooth
Basic starting feed fzo, mm/tooth, for inserts
Ø12

Ø16

Ø20

ap

fzo

ap

fzo

ap

–

0.15

0.56

0.15

0.75

0.15

0.9

1/16

0.37

0.5

0.5

0.68

0.62

0.83

1/10

0.6

0.41

0.8

0.55

1

0.67

1/8

0.75

0.36

1

0.47

1.25

0.57

1/4

1.5

0.26

2

0.34

2.5

0.42

3/10

1.8

0.24

2.4

0.32

3

0.39

1/2

3

0.18

4

0.25

5

0.3

5/8

3.75

0.14

5

0.19

6.25

0.23

3/4

4.5

0.14

6

0.19

7.5

0.23

7/8

5.25

0.14

7

0.19

8.75

0.23

1

6

0.14

8

0.19

10

0.23

fzo

The feeds relate to workpiece material groups 1-9 (plain carbon and low alloy steels).
For machining groups 10-11 (high alloy and tool steels) the table values should be
multiplied by 0.7, for machining groups 12-13 (ferritic and martensitic stainless steels) – by 0.85.
- Recommended depths of cut

Tool overhang
The overhang (or the projection) of a milling tool is an important factor of the tool stiffness andmachining stability. The tool overhang being 5% less reduces the tool deflection by 15%, 10%less –by 27% and 20% less – already by 50%. Minimizing the overhang substantially improves
operational efficiency, allowing for increased cutting conditions and good surface finish.
But, what can we do - manufacturing real parts often demands long tools. How to determine thecutting data for such tools? And what is a high overhang, for which various techniques of cutting
data determination recommend correction factors?
This not simple question is directly connected with the dynamic behavior of a tool. It relates to thesphere of serious research and needs a separate discussion. We are sure that the reader on
the basis of his own knowledge and experience knows exactly if the overhang of a tool that he uses
is high. For a rough estimate, the following rule of thumb often can be helpful: the overhang is highbeing 4-5 and more times as much as the nominal diameter of the tool. However, one thing needs
clarification: from which point should the overhang be measured?
Generally, in case of the shell mills mounted on arbors, the correct way is to measure the overhang
for the whole assembly, which is to say from the gauge line (datum) of the arbor shank (Fig. 9).
For the endmills that are clamped into holders with spring collets or adapter-style holders
with side screws, the overhang is measured from the holder (Fig. 10).

Milling Tools

ap/r

ii. MILLSHRED serrated round inserts
As previously noted (Table 33), the serrated round inserts are intended first of all for thefollowing cases:• High depth of cut (above 15% of the insert diameter)• Considerable tool projection (the overhang more than 2.5 of the tool diameter)• Milling near thin walls• Poor workholding
Additionally, the serrated inserts are sometimes applied in milling with usual depth of cut(to 15% of the insert diameter) when the main drive power of a machine tool is limited.
A programmed starting feed per tooth fz is defined by equation (8):fz = fzo x KH

Where:
			(8)

fzo – the basic starting feed (Tables 39-41)
KH – the overhang coefficient (Table 38)
55
Die and Mold

Fig. 9Fig. 10

Milling Tools

Datum

h

6
5

2
3

4

45
6
7
8

1
2
3

8
1

h

Table 38 Overhang Coefficient KH for the MILLSHRED Serrated Round Inserts
as the Function of Ratio of an Overhang H to a Tool Diameter D1
H/D1

to 4

over 4 to 6

over 6 to 8

over 8 to 10

KH

1

0.85

0.7

0.65

ExampleA die part made from AISI D2 tool steel, HB 210, is milled by cutter FRW D034A050-04-22-16 withinserts RCMT 1607-FW IC908 mounted on it. The cutter overhang is 120 mm, the depth of cut – 6
mm. What is a programmed feed to start milling?
The workpiece material relates to the tenth material group (No.10). Table 39 specifies the basic
feed for a 16 mm diameter insert with 6 mm depth of cut as 0.2, which should be multiplied by 0.9
for material group No.10. The cutter diameter is 50 mm; and for overhang 120 mm the overhang
coefficient is equal to 1 (Table 38).
Therefore we have fz = 0.2×0.9×1=0.18 (mm/tooth).
56

Table 39 MILLSHRED General-purpose Serrated Round Inserts RCMT…FW.
Basic Feeds, mm/tooth
Basic starting feed fzo, mm/tooth, for inserts
ap/r

Ø12

Ø16

Ø20

ap

fzo

ap

fzo

ap

fzo

ap min

0.9

0.3

1.2

0.4

1.2

0.52

1/4

1.5

0.28

2

0.35

2.5

0.46

3/10

1.8

0.25

2.4

0.32

3

0.42

1/2

3

0.22

4

0.28

5

0.35

5/8

3.75

0.15

5

0.2

6.25

0.25

3/4

4.5

0.15

6

0.2

7.5

0.25

7/8

5.25

0.15

7

0.2

8.75

0.25

1

6

0.15

8

0.2

10

0.25

Milling Tools

The feeds relate to workpiece material groups 1-9 (plain carbon and low alloy steels).
For machining groups 10-11 (high alloy and tool steels) the table values should be
multiplied by 0.9, for machining groups 15-18 (cast iron) – by 1.3 and for machining
group 38.1 (hardened steel, HRC 45 max) – by 0.6.
- Recommended depths of cut

Table 40 MILLSHRED Serrated Round Inserts RCMT…FW-T20.
First choice for machining martensitic stainless steel can also be used formachining carbon and low alloy steels
Basic starting feed fzo, mm/tooth, for inserts
ap/r

Ø12

Ø16

Ø20

ap

fzo

ap

fzo

ap

fzo

ap min

0.9

0.26

1.2

0.35

1.2

0.4

1/4

1.5

0.23

2

0.3

2.5

0.35

3/10

1.8

0.21

2.4

0.28

3

0.3

1/2

3

0.18

4

0.25

5

0.28

5/8

3.75

0.13

5

0.18

6.25

0.21

3/4

4.5

0.13

6

0.18

7.5

0.21

7/8

5.25

0.13

7

0.18

8.75

0.21

1

6

0.13

8

0.18

10

0.21

The feeds relate to workpiece material groups 12-13 (ferritic and martensitic stainless steels).
For machining groups 1-9 (carbon and low alloy steels) the table values should be multiplied by 1.1.
- Recommended depths of cut

ExampleA mold part from AISI 420 stainless steel with a thin-walled complicated shape and non-uniform
machining allowance is milled by tool ERW D020A032-B-3-C32-12 carrying inserts RCMT 1206FW-T20 IC928. Due to the unsteady allowance the depth of cut varies from 3 to 4 mm. The tool
performs cutting with 220 mm overhang from a collet. Find feed per tooth needed for programming
the tool path.
The material represents group No.14; ratio “overhang/diameter” is 220/32=6.9. Although Table 40
does not contain the basic feed for 12 mm diameter inserts with 4 mm depth of cut (worst case ofloading) directly, it is easily seen that it is 0.13 mm.
Consequently, the starting programmed feed is: 0.13×0.7=0.09 (mm/tooth).

57
Die and Mold

Table 41 MILLSHRED Serrated Round Inserts RCMT…FW-F20.
First choice for machining austenitic stainless steel and aluminum alloys;
can be used also for machining low carbon steel.
Basic starting feed fzo, mm/tooth, for inserts

Milling Tools

ap/r

58

Ø12

Ø16

Ø20

ap

fzo

ap

fzo

ap

fzo

ap min

0.9

0.13

1.2

0.17

1.2

0.2

1/4

1.5

0.12

2

0.16

2.5

0.18

3/10

1.8

0.1

2.4

0.14

3

0.16

1/2

3

0.09

4

0.12

5

0.14

5/8

3.75

0.07

5

0.09

6.25

0.1

3/4

4.5

0.07

6

0.09

7.5

0.1

7/8

5.25

0.07

7

0.09

8.75

0.1

1

6

0.07

8

0.09

10

0.1

The feeds relate to workpiece material group 14 (austenitic stainless steel).
For machining group 1 (low carbon steel) the table values should be multiplied by 1.5.
For machining groups 21-25 (aluminum alloys) the table values should be multiplied by 3.
- Recommended depths of cutb)Starting cutting speed Vc

The starting cutting speed should be determined by the following steps:• Find the recommended cutting speed with the use of the averaged data in the tables• Calculate the effective diameter• Calculate the programmed spindle speed relative to the nominal diameter of a tool in sucha way that the cutting speed relative to the effective diameter will be equal to the found value
Recommended cutting speed

Vc = Vo x KF x KH x Kt
Where:
Vo –
				
KF –
					
					
				
KH –
					
					
				
Kt–

(9)

The basic cutting speed (Table 43)
The factor of a cutting edge form:
KF=1 for the plain round inserts and
KF=0.75 for the serrated round inserts
The overhang coefficient:
For the serrated round inserts KH can be found from Table 38
For the plain round inserts KH is specified in Table 42
The tool life factor (Table 8)Table 42 Overhang Coefficient KH for the MILLSHRED Plain Round and the HELIDO H400
Round Inserts as the Function of Ratio of an Overhang H to a Tool Diameter D1
H/D1

to 2.5over 2.5 to 3

over 3 to 5

over 5

KH

1

0.9

0.65

0.5

Tool Application

Recommended

Less recommended

In addition, for hard loading with broad-area engagement, improper workholding or millingthin-walled parts, the starting speed should be reduced by 20%.

Calculating the effective diameter De
Calculating the effective diameter De

Where:		
				
				
			

D–
d–
ap –

(10)

Milling Tools

De = D+2 x √d×ap-ap2
insert center circle
insert diameteraxial depth of cut(For nominal diameter D1 of a tool D=D1-d)

Calculating the programmed spindle speed N

N = 1000 x Vc/(π x De)(11)

Cutting speed Vn relative to nominal diameter D1, can be found from the following equation:

Vn = π x D1 x N/1000

(12)

59
Die and Mold

Ignoring the cutting diameter in calculating spindle speeds can cause essential errors in cutting
data and incorrect tool operation. In the milling cutters with round inserts, specifically,
this is particularly significant for relatively small tool diameters. For example, for a 25 mm diametertool with 12 mm diameter round inserts, the cutting diameter varies from the value closed to 13 mm(the axial depth of cut is nothing more than tenths of mm) to 25 mm (at maximum depth of cut that
equal to the insert radius – 6 mm). If the effective diameter is, for instance, 19 mm, and the spindle
speed was calculated with reference to 25 mm, the real cutting speed relative to 19 mm diameter
will be 24% less! The error grows for shallow depths of cut: for effective diameter 14 mm it isalready 44%.
Of course, for large-sized tools such error grows substantially smaller and can even be ignored.
Moreover, machining slots, milling near straight walls, etc. with even shallow depth of cut but withseveral passes, when after each pass the tool embeds deeper and deeper into the workpiece,
and its nominal diameter in some or other way cuts the material (Fig. 12), the calculations shallrelate only to the nominal diameter!
In any other case we always recommend to take the effective diameter into consideration andmake corresponding necessary corrections during programming the spindle speed.
Remember, the cutting speed relates to the effective diameter, while the spindle speed refers
to the nominal diameter!
Fig. 11

8
1

45
6
7
8

6

8
1

6

fz

2
3

4

6
4

45
6
7
8

Deff

3

45
6
7
8

2

2

1
2
3

5

3

4

5

1
2
3

1
2
3

8
1

Area involved in cutting

5

Milling Tools

Effective diameter
The correct approach to finding the cutting speed of a profiling milling tool is to calculate the speedwith respect to the effective diameter of the tool. In profiling, due to the shaped, non-straight formof the tool, a cutting diameter is a function of a depth of cut; and it is not the same for different areasof the tool cutting edge that is involved in milling. The effective diameter is the largest true cutting
diameter: maximum of the cutting diameters of the mentioned areas (Fig. 11). Generally, it
corresponds to the diameter measured at the axial depth of cut.

ap
ap
Di
Deff=Di max

Fig. 12

N pass

1st pass

45
6
7
8

Deff = Dnom

4

1
2
3

8
1

VF

5

6

45
6
7
8

60

VF

2
3

4

Deff1

5

1
2
3

8
1

n

6

n

2
3

Table 43 Basic Speed Vo, m/min, for MILLSHRED Round Inserts*
ISO Class
DIN/ISO
513

P

M
K
H

Material
Group**
1
2-4
5
6,7
8-9
10
11
12, 13
15-16
17-18
38.1***

ISCAR Carbide Grades
IC908
260
240
220
210
190
190
150
180
240
220
110

IC910
240
210
200
180
160
145
135
270
230

IC928
190
170
155
155
145
135
130
155
230
200
70

ExampleFind the cutting speed for one of the previous examples, in which the die part made from AISI D2
tool steel, HB 210, is milled by cutter FRW D034A050-04-22-16 carrying inserts RCMT 1607-FW
IC908; while the cutter overhang is 120 mm and the depth of cut 6 mm. The starting programmed
feed has been defined as 0.18 mm/tooth.
For material group No.10, that relates to AISI D2 steel Vo=190 m/min (Table 43).
KF=0.75 (for serrated inserts), KH=1 (overhang coefficient, Table 38).
Hence for 20 min. tool life Vc=190×0.75×1=143 (m/min)
The effective diameter for 6 mm depth of cut: De=34+2×√(16×6-0.62)=49.5 (mm).
The received value is very close to the tool nominal diameter (50 mm). Therefore in calculating thespindle speed the latter can be used because the errors will be negligible.
The programmed spindle speed: N=1000×143/(π×50)=910 (rpm)Tool life factor Kt=0.8 for 60 min. tool life expectancy (Table 8), and in for this case the cutting
speed and the spindle speed should be 114 m/min and 728 rpm respectively.
ExampleFind the cutting data for milling a plate from pre-hardened mold steel AISI P20, HRC 32,
with the use of shell mill FRW D080A100-06-32-20 with inserts RCMW 2009MO IC928,
if the depth of cut is 1.8 mm and the tool overhang 86 mm.
If the ratio “overhang to tool diameter”, 86/100, is small, then KH=1 (Table 42).
The effective diameter: De=80+2×√(20×1.8-1.82)=91 (mm).
KF=0.75 (for plain round inserts).
The workpiece material in its condition corresponds to material group No. 9.
The starting programmed feed is found from Table 36: fz≈0.73 mm/tooth (the value between
table values 0.8 and 0.67).
The recommended cutting speed: Vc=145×1×1×1=145 (m/min).
The programmed spindle speed: N=1000×145/(π×91)=507 (rpm).
The cutting speed with respect to the tool nominal diameter:
Vn= π×100×507/1000=160 (m/min)Milling Tools- First choice for grades*		For 20 min. tool life**		ISCAR material group in accordance with VDI 3323 standard*** HRC 45 max.

61
Die and Mold

Milling Tools
62

ExampleA customer complains of poor tool life with inserts RCCW 1206MO IC908, that are used inmilling a deep and narrow cavity with almost vertical walls from a solid block of SAE/AISI 4340
steel. During operation, tool ERW D020A032-A-3-C25-12, with the inserts clamped into its pockets,
machines the cavity by the required contour with shallow cuts (0.7 mm depth of cut) by stepped
passes and thus removes material layer by layer. The customer defined the cutting data inaccordance with the ISCAR recommendations and took into account the high overhang
and the effective diameter. What is a reason for the problem?
In the first pass only a small part of the insert cutting edge cuts the material. But every next passbrings a new portion of the edge in engagement. After already the 8th pass, almost all cutting
portions will be involved in milling near the cavity wall: 8×0.7 mm =5.6 mm, and the maximal
depth of cut is 6 mm – the insert radius.
The calculated effective diameter is 20+2×√(12×0.7-0.72)=25.6 (mm); and with respect to thisvalue the customer defined the spindle speed. As a result, the cutting speed referred to thenominal diameter (that began cutting after 8 passes) is 1.25 (32/25.6=1.25) greater thanrequired. In all appearances, it is the reason for the customer’s problem. Even though the depthof cut is small, the tool nominal diameter cuts also and therefore the calculation should be
relative to it.
In summation, the above-mentioned advantages: high strength of cutting edge and benefits of
the round shape, made the round insert the real workhorse of rough and semi-finish milling in die
and mold making. Marking the end of the section, underlined again are some points of using
MILLSHRED round inserts:• For shallow depths of cut and small tool overhang, the plain round inserts are the best solution.
Their highest efficiency will be when the depth of cut is 10-30% of the insert radius(or 5-15% of the insert diameter). Remember that machining with deeper cuts in this caseis a source of serious vibrations, intensive wear and misoperation.
• Machining with greater depths of cut, high overhang, insufficient stiffness of the technologicalsystem (poor workholding, thin-walled part, etc.) will be more effective with the serrated
round inserts.
• The serrated inserts due to chip splitting effect can solve the problem of chip evacuation.
• The serrated inserts need less cutting power and therefore are suitable for low-powermachine tools.
• Cutting data must be correctly defined with respect to properly chosen effective diameter anddepth of cut, because the wrong definition can lead to substantially reduced tool life.

The HELIDO H400 family, one of the latest ISCAR developments, was designed in order to fulfill
the industry requirement for an effective milling tool for multiaxis profiling. The family is based on adouble-sided insert H400 RNHU 1205… that looks like a round insert, but properly speaking is notround in the sense of the word.
The H400 RNHU 1205… insert (Fig. 13) has four major cutting edges and each of them is the 120°arc of 6 mm radius. By comparison, a round insert of traditional design ensures four 90° arcs. In
addition, the insert has four minor cutting edges, acting mostly during ramp down.
The four full 120° major cutting edges in combination with the four “ramping” edges significantly
expand the family possibilities in milling complicated 3-D shapes, especially in 5-axis machining,(Fig. 14) that makes it promising for die and mold applications.
The H400… insert is smaller in size, that enables a cutter design with more insert at the periphery –a more closed angular pitch of teeth.
The HELIDO H400 cutters are available in arbor-type face mill, shank-type endmill configuration;
and also as interchangeable milling heads with FLEXFIT threaded connection. The range ofdiameters for the cutters of the standard line is 32…80 mm.
There are three different types of the insert: ML, HP and AX, which are designed for machining
various materials and applications. The inserts of ML- and HP- types have straight major edges,
the inserts of AX-type – helical (Fig. 15). The inserts are made from the latest SUMO TEC carbide
grades, featuring advanced coating and post treatment technology. Table 44 shows general data
regarding the inserts and their application in the die and mold industry. As seen, the inserts of
ML- and AX-types are more suitable for milling the die and mold materials. At the same time theinserts of HP-type having so-called “high positive” cutting geometry and basically intended for hightemperature alloys, can also be used in die and mold practice, so far as milling soft carbon steel orsome kinds of martensitic stainless steel.

Fig. 13˜11

Milling Tools

3.1.1.1. HELIDO H400 Round LineA Conceptually New Solution for Efficient Profiling

1

Centerof circle with
6 mm radius
2

R6

120º

Fig. 14abc
63
Die and Mold

Milling Tools

Fig. 15
Straight Edge ML, HP

Helical Edge AXab

Neutral, positive and high positive
In milling, unlike turning, there is no standard classification for combinations of geometricalparameters of indexable inserts, but words “neutral”, “positive”, etc. are commonly used. In order tobe familiar with the terms they need clarification.
An insert with a flat rake surface parallel to the insert base is called “neutral”.
Typical examples of such a geometry are inserts for milling hardened steel and cast iron.
But what is “positive”?
The progress in powder metallurgy and pressing technology brought about the possibility of shaping
the rake face, and the possibility became more and more impressive. The shaping resulted in an
effective way of increasing positive normal rake and axial rake for indexable milling tools, which led to
substantially decreased cutting forces, improving chip formation and making cutting smootherand more stable. This is the reason why that sort of milling inserts is called “positive”.
Further development of technology gave rise to an additional increase of difference in height for two
cutting corners along the insert cutting edge. Thus the axial rake can be more positive.
It is accepted to call the inserts with the considerable height differences “high positive”.
Of course, the pressing technology does not exhaust its potential, and maybe, today’s highpositive milling inserts will be classified only as positive tomorrow.

Table 44 HELIDO H400 Inserts
Intended forInsertCuttingedge

T-landFirst priority

Second priority

H400 RNHU...-ML

straight

negativesteel

stainless steel
steel

H400 RNHU...-AX

helicalneutralstainless steel

H400 RNHU...-HP

straight

positivehigh temp. alloys stainless and soft steels

Grades
IC808

IC830

IC330

The way of defining starting cutting data for the H400 milling tools is similar to the alreadydescribed method relative to the cutters with indexable round inserts. Equation (6) specifies astarting feed, equation (7) – a chip thinning factor and (9) – a starting cutting speed. Cutting edge
angles can be calculated by equations (4)-(5a) or estimated using Table 32 (in this case r will be
the radius of a H400 insert: namely, 6 mm for inserts H400 RNHU 1205). The tables below show
values of the basic starting feed fzo and speed Vo (Tables 45 and 46 correspondingly) and allow
estimation of the basic feed directly (Table 47).

64

Table 45 HELIDO H400 RNHU 1205 Round Inserts. Basic Starting Feed fzo, mm/tooth
ISO Class(DIN/ISO513)

fzo for insert type

Material
Group*

ML
1-4
0.21
5-9
0.21
P
10-11
0.15
12-13
0.18
M
15-16
0.21
K
17-18
0.18
38.1
0.12
H
*		ISCAR material group in accordance with VDI 3323 standard- Recommended application

AX
0.14
0.14
0.1
0.12

HP
0.14

0.12

Table 46 Milling Tools with HELIDO H400 RNHU 1205 Inserts. Basic Speed Vo, m/min
Vo for carbide grades

Material
Group**

IC808
260
240
220
210
190
190
150
180
240
220
110

1
2-4
5
6,7
8-9
10
11
12, 13
15-16
17-18
38.1***

P

M
K
H

IC830
180
160
145
145
140
135
125
150
240
220
90

IC330
160
145
130
130
125
125
120
140

Milling Tools

ISO Class
DIN/ISO
513- First choice for grades*		For 20 min. tool life**		ISCAR material group in accordance with VDI 3323 standard*** HRC 45 max

Table 47 HELIDO H400 RNHU 1205 Round Inserts. Basic Feeds
fzo, mm/tooth, as a Function of Depth of Cut ap
fzo for types

ap,
mm

ML*¹

AX*²

HP*³

0.15

0.8

0.56

0.56

0.37

0.7

0.5

0.5

0.6

0.54

0.41

0.41

0.75

0.5

0.36

0.36

1.5

0.4

0.26

0.26

1.8

0.36

0.24

0.24

3

0.27

0.18

0.18

3.75

0.21

0.14

0.14

4.5

0.21

0.14

0.14

5.25

0.21

0.14

0.14

6

0.21

0.14

0.14

*¹ ML-type:The feeds relate to workpiece material groups 1-9 (plain carbon and low alloy steels) and 15-16 (grey cast iron).
For machining groups 10-11 (high alloy and tool steels) the table values should be multiplied by 0.7, for machining
groups 12-13 (martensitic stainless steel) and 17-18 (nodular cast iron) - by 0.85 and for machining group 38.1
(hardened steel, HRC 45 max) - by 0.55.
*² AX-type:The feeds relate to workpiece material groups 1-9 (plain carbon and low alloy steels).
For machining groups 10-11 (high alloy and tool steels) the table values should be multiplied by 0.7,
for machining groups 12-13 (ferritic and martensitic stainless steels) - by 0.85.
*³ HP-type:The feeds relate to workpiece material groups 1-4 (plain carbon steel).
For machining groups 12-13 (ferritic and martensitic stainless steels) the table values should be multiplied by 0.85.

65
Die and Mold

Concerning correction caused by a tool overhang, Table 42 gives necessary data.
ExampleA die and mold manufacturer decided to use endmill cutter H400 ER D32-4-060-C32-12 withinserts H400 RNHU 1205-HP IC830 for 5-axis machining a complex-shaped mold component
made from AISI 420 stainless steel with hardness HB 300…310. The depth of cut duringmachining varies from 1 to 4.5 mm. Machining stability is estimated as good. The manufacturer
approached a local ISCAR representative on recommendations regarding starting cutting data.
The component material relates to ISCAR material group No.13. Due to variable depth of cut thecalculation should refer to the depth maximum (4.5 mm).

Milling Tools

The effective diameter: De=(32-12)+2×√(12×4.5-4.52)=31.6 (mm)≈32 mm (the most part of the
cutting edge performs cutting).
The basic feed per tooth (Table 45): fzo=0.18 mm/tooth (alternatively, fzo can be defined from Table
47 with reducing the table value by 15% - see remark to the table).
The basic cutting speed (Table 46): Vo=150 m/min
The programmed starting spindle speed: N=1000×150/(π×32)=1492 (rpm).
The starting feed speed: VF=0.18×4×1492=1074 (mm/min).

3.1.2. MULTI-MASTER Toroidal Milling Heads andSolid Carbide Toroidal Milling Tools
As for other forms of the MULTI-MASTER heads, the toroidal cutting profile if this tool family isalso represented by two design versions: two-flute pressed to shape and size MM HT… heads andmultiflute MM ETR… heads fully ground from solid.
Table 48 shows nominal diameters D and corner radii R of the standard line of the
MULTI-MASTER toroidal heads.

Table 48 MULTI-MASTER Toroidal Milling Heads
Tool diam. D, mm

8Corner radius R, mm

2

2 flute MM HT…
6 flute MM ETR…

66

10
0.5

1

12
2

3

1.6

2

2.5

16
3

4

2

3

20
4

5

3

4

5

6

8

Back draft of toroidal cutting bull
If the diameter of a toroidal milling tool with round inserts decreases it causes reduction ofa screw that secures the insert. The tool becomes weaker, less productive; and at one point
producing such tools is practically impossible. The same situation occurs when theinsert radius decreases. However, the die and mold industry demands toroidal cutters to beable to effectively mill light-size parts and small radii. In addition, increased requirementsof machining accuracy set a limit to using the tool with round inserts in some operations.
Solid carbide tools and interchangeable heads with a toroidal cutting profile overcome these
problems and thus extend the application boundaries of toroidal milling tools.

Speaking about the 90˚ solid endmill, they are traditionally divided between the square endmills withsharp corners, the radiused (or radius) endmill with rounded corners and the chamfered end
mill with chamfered corners. The cutting end of a tool (on the tool face) is made withconcavity or without it (in flat bottom endmills); and the peripheral cutting end may or may not havea back taper. The back taper allows for minimization of the area of contact between the tool
and a machined wall if this contact is undesirable (the tool deflection due the radial cutting
force, high overhang, vibrations, etc.). If truth be told, even the flat bottom endmills areproduced with small concavity, the straight peripheral cutting edge often have slight, and the
sharp corners upon closer view are not so sharp but gently rounded or chamfered; but we donot take these conventional design features into consideration under current discussion.
So, the radiused, also called the bull nose, mills, especially with the concave end cuttingedge, can perform as the toroidal cutters. A back draft of the peripheral cutting edge,
produced by the back taper, improves efficiency of the cutter.
Today solid carbide toroidal endmills and interchangeable toroidal milling heads feature thedesign configuration of the back draft radiused (bull nose) cutters. The most popular diametersof the tools and heads lay within 10…25 mm. Normally they have 5˚...7˚ concavity and backdraft; and the number of teeth is generally 2 or 3. Being ground peripherally and mostly withground rake face, the tool and heads combine the advantages of the round inserts with theprecise radiused endmills and are suitable for rich applications from productive milling of small
die and mold components to finish fillets with high accuracy. In some cases these tools andheads are provided with bottom or peripheral wiper flats and even chip splitting grooves.

Milling Tools

There are some technical terms, which specify the solid tools and the heads. Because thetool manufacturers and industrial workers often use different terms for the same things,
the matter requires short consideration.

Properly speaking, the toroidal solid tools and heads present the milling cutters with precise
round inserts, where the insert is an integral part of the cutter body (Fig. 16).

67
Die and Mold

Fig. 16
Back draft

Concavity
R

Milling Tools

D

The main design features particular to MM HT… heads are: high-strength structure that allowed
heavy tooth loading and neutral ground rake face (zero radial rake). These characteristic properties
make the heads very effective in milling steel, hardened steel and cast iron. The heads are
successfully applied to high feed milling, machining cavities and pockets by helical interpolation
and ramping, side plunging, and also drills small depth.
Multiflute MM ETR… heads with 30˚ helix and zero radial rake are intended first of all for highproduction finish milling of hardened steel and precise fillet finishing. The heads do not have centercutting teeth and therefore are not suitable for drilling operations. However, their geometry enables
high-performance ramping down by straight line and by helix (interpolation).
In addition, both types of the heads are sometimes used for milling undercuts.
IC908 is a main carbide grade for the MULTI-MASTER toroidal milling heads. In addition, someheads that are intended mostly for milling steels of high hardness (HRC 56-63) are produced from
grade IC903.

STARTING CUTTING DATAa) Starting feed per tooth fz
Programmed feed per tooth fz, which relates to the nominal diameter of a head is defined by theabove equation (8):fz = fzo x KH
Table 49 shows basic starting feed fzo for different groups of engineering materials.
If the overhang of a tool does not exceed 3D (three diameters of the tool), KH=1; in case of thegreater overhangs KH=0.7.
In milling with the toroidal heads, the machining allowance is normally 0.01D…0.2D. If the heads
are used, for example, for face milling, an axial depth of cut defines the allowance; and for heads
with relatively large corner radius, the chip thinning effect may play an important role. The “relatively
large corner radius” has no precise definition, but a rule of thumb says that it is the radius from3 mm (2 mm for 8 mm dia. heads) and more. Table 50 contains values of chip thinning factor KTH
that should be taken into account in such cases, for which

fz = fzo x KH x KTH

68

(13)

b) Starting cutting speed Vc
Table 51 gives averaged starting cutting speeds. If the cutting conditions can be estimated as
unfavorable (poor workholding, high tool overhang, milling thin walls) the table values should be
reduced by 20-30%.

Table 49 MULTI-MASTER Toroidal Heads: Basic Feed fzo, mm/tooth, for Head Diameter D, mm*1

P

M
K
H

Material Group*2

fzo for D
8

10

12

16

20

1-4

0.13

0.14

0.16

0.18

0.2

5

0.12

0.13

0.15

0.16

0.18

6, 7

0.1

0.11

0.12

0.13

0.15

8, 9

0.09

0.1

0.12

0.13

0.15

10

0.08

0.09

0.1

0.11

0.13

11

0.07

0.08

0.09

0.1

0.11

12, 13

0.08

0.09

0.1

0.11

0.13

15-16

0.13

0.14

0.16

0.18

0.2

17-18

0.12

0.13

0.15

0.17

0.18

38.1*3

0.06

0.06

0.07

0.07

0.08

38.2*

0.05

0.05

0.06

0.06

0.07

39*5

0.03

0.03

0.04

0.04

0.05

4

*1 Machining allowance (0.01…0.2) D for MM HT… heads and (0.01…0.06) D for MM ETR… heads*2 ISCAR material group in accordance with VDI 3323 standard*3 HRC 45-49*4 HRC 50-55*5 HRC 56-63– Most recommended applications

Toroid for improved surface quality in milling die and mold cavities
For better surface finish, ISCAR offers the customer toroidal heads with chip splitting grooves andside wiper flats (Fig. 17 and 18).
The splitting grooves allow producing smaller chips and thus reduce scratching the walls ofa machined wall cavity. In addition, the smaller chip, swarf, makes chip evacuation easier.
The side wiper flat intended for better surface finish of the cavity walls. In order to achieve the best
results in this case a stepdown should not exceed the length of the wiper flat
Fig. 17

Milling Tools

ISO Class
DIN/ISO 513

Fig. 18

Wiper flat69
Die and Mold

Table 50 Chip Thinning Factor KTH for MULTI-MASTER Toroidal Heads with Nominal
Diameter D, mm, and Corner Radius R*, mm
ap/D
0.01

D=8
ap

D=10

D=12

D=16

D=20

R2

ap

R3

ap

R3

R4

ap

R3

R4

R5

ap

R3

R4

R5

R6

R8

0.08 3.6

0.1

3.5

0.12 3.2

3.6

0.16 2.8

3.2

3.5

0.2

2.4

2.9

3.2

3.5

4

0.02

0.16 2.50.2

2.5

0.24 2.2

2.2

0.32 2

2.2

2.5

0.4

1.8

2.1

2.2

2.5

2.9

0.05

0.4

0.5

1.6

0.6

1.7

0.8

1.4

1.6

1

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.6

1.8

1.7

1.4

1.3

0.1

0.8

1.2

1

1.2

1.2

1.1

1.3

1.6

1

1.1

1.2

2

1

1

1.1

1.2

1.3

0.15

1.2

1.1

1.5

1

1.8

1

1.1

2.4

1

1

1

3

1

1

1

1

1.1

0.2

1.6

1

2

1

2.4

1

1.1

3.2

—

1

1

4

—

1

1

1

1

* Machining allowance (0.01…0.2) D for MM HT… heads and (0.01…0.06) D for MM ETR… heads

It will be noted that a programmed spindle speed relates to the nominal diameter of a head. So, asin the case of the tools with the indexable round inserts, the spindle speed is tightly correlated witheffective diameter De of a head in an application.

Milling Tools

De = D-2R+2 x √(2R×ap-ap²)     (14)70Where:		
D – the nominal diameter of a head		R – the head corner radius		ap – axial depth of cut
This is the correct way is to always define the effective diameter. However, small corner radii, suchas 0.5 or 1 mm allow for neglecting it because the difference between the nominal diameter andthe effective diameter has slight deflection. The same situation occurs when the cutting depth isclose to the corner radius.
For example, the effective diameter of the head of 12 mm nominal diameter with 3 mm cornerradius, which performs milling with 2 mm depth of cut, is 11.6 mm. For 0.5 mm depth it will be
9.3 mm, and for 0.3 mm depth – only 8.6 mm. It is clear, that calculations corresponding to thenominal diameter without correlation cause only a 3% error in the first case, 23% in the second,
and almost 30% in the third.

A rule of thumb
If the difference between the nominal and the effective diameters is less than 20%, the cutting
speed can be calculated with respect to the nominal diameter, and no correlation needs.

ISO Class
DIN/ISO 513

P

M
K
H

Material
Group*

Vc,
m/min

1

180

2-4

160

5-6

150

7-9

140

10

130

11

120

12, 13

120

15-16

200

17-18

180

38.1

120

38.2

100

39**

80

* ISCAR material group in accordance with VDI 3323 standard** In this case HSM recommended– Most recommended applications

ExampleA planner decided to use endmill cutter MM S-A-L065-W16-T08 with toroidal head
MM HT120N06R3.0-2T08 908 for milling a part made from grey cast iron. The depth of cut was
defined as 0.6 mm and the stepover as 10 mm. What is the programmed cutting data for
proper workholding and stiffened tool clamping?
Cutting speed Vc=200 m/min (Table 51), basic feed fzo=0.16 mm/tooth (Table 49). Chip thinning
factor KTH=1.4 (Table 50) and the programmed feed per tooth should be 0.22 mm/tooth(equation (13)).
Effective diameter De=12-2×3+2×√(2×3×0.6-0.6²)=9.6 (mm); hence the programmed spindle
speed should be 1000×200/(π×9.6)=6630 (rpm).
Compare: if we relate directly to the nominal diameter 12 mm, the result might be 5305 rpm,
and the real cutting speed transforms to 160 m/min – 20% less.

Milling Tools

Table 51 MM HT… Heads and HTR… Inserts: Starting Speed Vc, m/min

Feed speed VF=0.22×2×6630=2917 (mm/min).
As previously stated, multiflute heads MM ETR… (and also the solid carbide endmills of similar
cutting geometry) are most advantageous for finish milling hardened steel, more exactly withhardness to HRC 55. Machining allowance in this case does not exceed 0.06 D (normally even0.03 D). Under such conditions the starting feed per tooth, the thinning factor and the starting
cutting speed are the same as for MM HT… heads and therefore can be chosen from
Tables 49-51. In finish milling with small allowance the cutting speed is actually 10-15% morethan the table data.
ExampleAn insert of a plastic mold cavity is finished by endmill cutter MM S-A-L090-C12-T08 withhead MM ETR080A04R2.0-6T05 908 clamped into it. The depth of cut is 1…1.3 mm, the stepover– 0.3 mm. Find the starting cutting data if the insert material is AISI P20 steel, and its hardness
as of the operation is HRC 50…52.

71
Die and Mold

The basic feed (Table 49) is 0.05 mm/tooth, the chip thinning factor (Table 50) – 1.1.
Without any information regarding stability of machining we can, however, assume that it issufficient (the short shank of type A, small allowance) and the programmed starting feed will be
0.05×1.1=0.055 (mm/tooth).
The starting cutting speed 100 m/min, which is taken from Table 51, can be even increased by
10-15%, as above, and is set 110 m/min.
Effective diameter De=8-2×2+2×√(2×2×1.3-1.3²)=7.7 (mm). The effective diameter is very close to
the nominal diameter of the head (96%); and corrections for a programmed spindle speed are notneeded. The spindle speed 1000×110/(π×8)=4377 (rpm), the feed speed
0.055×6×4377=1444 (mm/min).

Milling Tools

3.1.3. BALLPLUS one-insert toroidal milling tools

72

BALLPLUS (Fig. 19) is a multifunction system comprising straight and tapered cylindrical shankoptions and inserts of various types. A one-insert tool is a combination of an insert, which has
cutting teeth and a shank. The shank has the ability to carry every type of insert. The insert rear(non cutting) V-shaped part is positioned against two contact surfaces within the corresponding
V-formed slot of the shank; and a clamping screw being tightened pulls the insert towards thecontact surfaces - that guarantees high accuracy and firm and secure insert mounting,even under considerable cutting forces. Replacing the inserts is very simple.
The BALLPLUS system offers the following insert shapes:• Spherical and ball nose (hemispherical)• Toroidal• Square• V-shaped (for chamfering and countersinking)Fig. 19

Versatility of cutting tool (1)Versatility or multifunctionality of an indexable cutting tool depends largely on a variety of cutting
geometries that the tool provides. Using replaceable cutting heads or inserts of the same form but
adopted for machining different workpiece materials by means of changed rake face and flank is
a common practice. The tool becomes more and more versatile if it can carry inserts or headsof various forms.

The versatile tools considerably increase the range of tool use and allow for reduction of a tool stock.
Therefore, maximal versatility is an important design principle that forms the basis of high efficiency
applications for milling tool families, especially those with replaceable cutting heads.
Multifunctionality based on combining the shank with the inserts of different shapes makes
the BALLPLUS tools basically similar to the MULTI-MASTER family, by the virtue of main
design principles.

Plunged bull
In addition to their main applications many toroidal tools are suitable for plunge with work feed along
a tool axis, peck drilling and also direct drilling on a small depth.
Table 52 shows the range of corner radii with reference to the nominal diameter of the BALLPLUS
toroidal milling inserts.

Milling Tools

In milling, the tool systems with replaceable heads have great possibilities for versatility when one
tool body allows mounting heads of substantially different shape. For example, in the MULTI-MASTER
family, combining the same shank with miscellaneous cutting heads produces effective tools fromsquare endmills to ball nose cutters or from center drills and combined countersinks to disk slotting
cutters. The one-insert tool systems enable fewer options for such combinations but also can bea good basis for versatile tooling. A shank of the BALLPLUS system with an insert clamped into it
performs as a ball nose or toroidal endmill or a countersink. Even milling tools with indexable inserts,
for which the combining possibilities are very limited, nevertheless hold out reserve for increasing
versatility. The already discussed HELIDO S845 family with its ability to carry either square oroctagonal inserts is a good example of this.

Table 52 BALLPLUS Toroidal Milling Inserts
Cornerradius R, mm

Insert diam. D, mm
12

16

20

25

1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6

73
Die and Mold

STARTING CUTTING DATA
In general, starting cutting data for the BALLPLUS toroidal tools is defined in the same way as
for the MULTI-MASTER toroidal mills. Again, the similar considerations take place for the cases
when correlation due to chip thinning or substantial difference between a nominal and an effective
diameter should be taken into account.

Milling Tools

Equations (8) and (13) specify programmed feed per tooth fz. Table 53 contains values of basic
starting feed fzo needed for calculations. Table 54 shows appropriate values of the chip thinning
factor.
In rough and semi-finish milling, if the BALLPLUS toroidal tools machine plain surfaces, the widthof cut is normally (0.6…0.7)×D, where D - the diameter of a tool, and the depth of cut –(0.08…0.15)×D (needless to say that in any case the depth of cut shall not exceed the cornerradius of the applied insert). Under such conditions the tool performs with high productivity andensures good insert life.
In finish milling, the machining allowance is usually no more than 0.12×D for pre-hardened steel,
0.08×D for steel with hardness HRC 45…49 (material group 38.1), 0.06×D for HRC 50…55 (group38.2) and 0.05×D for HRC 56…63 (group 39).

Table 53 BALLPLUS Toroidal Tools: Basic Feed fzo, mm/tooth
ISO Class
DIN/ISO 513

P

M
K
H

Material

fzo for D, mm

Group*

12

16

20

25

1-4

0.18

0.19

0.21

0.23

5

0.16

0.17

0.19

0.21

6, 7

0.14

0.15

0.16

0.18

8, 9

0.13

0.14

0.15

0.16

10

0.11

0.12

0.13

0.14

11

0.1

0.11

0.12

0.13

12, 13

0.11

0.12

0.13

0.14

15-16

0.18

0.19

0.21

0.23

17-18

0.16

0.17

0.19

0.21

38.1

0.07

0.07

0.08

0.1

38.2

0.06

0.06

0.07

0.08

39

0.04

0.04

0.05

0.06

* ISCAR material group in accordance with VDI 3323 standard

As is the case with the MULTI-MASTER toroidal heads, Table 51 is intended for rating starting
cutting speed Vc. In the same manner, the values should be reduced by 20-30% if the operation
conditions are estimated as unstable.

74

Table 54 Chip Thinning Factor KTH for BALLPLUS Toroidal Inserts with
Nominal Diameter D and Corner Radius R
D=12

D=16

D=20

D=25

ap

R3

R4

ap

R3

ap

R3

R4

ap

R3

R4

R5

R6

0.01

0.12

3.2

3.6

0.16

2.8

0.2

2.4

2.9

0.25

2.2

2.6

2.9

3.1

0.02

0.24

2.2

2.2

0.32

2

0.4

1.8

2.1

0.5

1.6

1.9

2.1

2.2

0.05

0.6

1.4

1.7

0.8

1.3

1

1.2

1.3

1.25

1.1

1.2

1.3

1.5

0.1

1.2

1.6

1

2

1

1

2.5

1

1

1

1.1

1.8

.1
1

1.3

0.15

1.1

2.4

1

3

1

1

3.75

1

1

1

1

0.2

2.4

1

1.1

3.2

—

4

—

1

5

—

1

1

1

ExampleIn a die-making shop mill HCE D25-A-L170-C25 with insert HTR D250-R5.0-QF IC908 planned tobe applied for rough milling of a mold insert cavity. The cavity material is stainless steel AISI 420F.
The proposed cutting parameters are as below: the depth of cut – 2.5 mm, the width of cut –17 mm. A rigid machine tool performs milling; and the cavity is properly secured in the workholding
fixture of the machine tool. Find the programmed spindle speed and feed.
Basic feed for tooth fzo for groups 12-13 is equal to 0.14 mm/tooth (Table 53), chip thinning factor
KTH for 25 mm dia. insert, 5 mm corner radius and 2.5 mm depth of cut (Table 54) – 1. Hence, theprogrammed feed will be 0.14 mm per tooth.
In accordance with Table 51 the recommended starting speed is 120 m/min. Effective diameter
De=25-2×5+2×√(2×2.5×5-2.5²)=23.7 (mm) that contains ~95% of the insert nominal diameter(25 mm). Therefore, the spindle speed can be calculated with the reference to the nominal
diameter and it will be 1000×120/(π×25)=1528 (rpm). Correspondingly, the feed speed becomes
0.14×2×1528=427.8 (mm/min).

Fig. 20Ap ≤ R

Milling Tools

ap/D

Fv
R
α°

75
Die and Mold

Fig. 21
Toroidal cutting profile and rampdown milling
Toroidal milling tools can be used in
rampdown milling applications whether linear
ramping or ramping by helix (helicalinterpolation).
For each of these ramping techniques a depthof cut should be no more that the cornerradius of a head, an insert or a solid tool(Fig. 20, 21).
Obviously, such is true also for millingby circular interpolation.

Fv

R

Milling Tools

Ap ≤ R

Marking the end of the chapter devoted to the toroidal tools, we can emphasize
the following points:• Toroidal tools are suitable for milling plane and contoured surfaces.
• Toroidal tools feature successful performance in face milling, helical and circularinterpolation and plunging. Within certain limits they operate in linear ramping and peck drilling.
• Toroidal tools allow for substantial improvement in feed speed due to chip thinning effect and thus
considerably reduces cycle time.
• The cutting profile of the toroidal tools has no point where the cutting speed will be zero duringmachining that gives convincing advantages - in comparison with ball nose cutters, for instance,and ensures smooth face milling with large width of cut.
• Such versatility and the sources of improving productivity determine the toroidal tools as
exceptionally widespread in die and mold making for various applications from rough tofinish milling, especially in machining cavities and faces.

Unexpectedly too large machining allowance
One of the most popular applications of toroidal tools is machining cavities by helical interpolation.
A cavity may already be pre-shaped by casting or pre-machined. In this case the bottom of a cavity
is connected with its walls by a fillet; and a machining allowance (material stock to be removed) for
the filleted area increases. That may be problematic or even fatal for the tool (Fig. 22).
Therefore, in spite of impressive self-tuning possibilities of modern CNC machine tools with adaptive
control always take the above into consideration and check thoroughly the machined shape andcorresponding cutting data. In addition, the same picture may occur when machining outersurfaces (a punch, for instance) (Fig. 23).

Fig. 22

Fig. 23∆
Machiningallowance

Pre-shaped
profileFillet76

Profile after
operation

Allowanceincrease

Fillet3.2. Tools for High Feed Milling (HFM)

One would think, the toroidal tools can be a good solution for HFM. However, they have limited
application for this method. First of all, even if a depth of cut remains be shallow, its slight increase
may noticeably change the cutting edge angle, especially for the round inserts of small diametersor the toroidal milling heads, solid carbide tools or one-insert tools with small corner radii (Fig. 24).
Further, an insert or a tooth produces a relatively narrow cut in such cases (W1 and W2 in Fig. 24).
However, if the cutting edge will be an arc of a great cycle (Fig. 25), the limitations above
will be overcome.

Fig. 24

χ2
χ1
ap2
W1
W2

ap1

χ2

Milling Tools

The notes regarding cutting edge angles in the section devoted to milling plane surfaces
and especially the chip thinning phenomenon considered in the previous chapter are a good
introduction to the main principle of high feed milling. As was shown, a shallow depth of cut
combined with an appropriate cutting geometry allows for considerable increase in feed per tooth.
In addition, such a combination minimizes the radial component of a cutting force and maximizes
its axial component. Therefore, the resultant force of the components acts towards the spindle axisof a machine tool. As consequence, it causes substantial vibration reduction and correspondingly,
stability of milling.

χ1
ap2
W1
W2

ap1

Fig. 25

χ2

ap2

ap1

W1

χ1

W2

77
Die and Mold

In the past, the classical approach for rough milling dictated using as large-sized cutter as
possible and required corresponding powerful machine tools. Today HFM leads to the same
result that is reached by much smaller sized tools. No wonder many machine tools for HFM havespindles with a #40 taper, which can be enough for properly securing HFM tools and good
operational performance.

Milling Tools

Generally HFM relates to rough milling operations, but it can substantially reduce overall machiningcycle time. First of all, it allows for fast material removal, due to considerably increased feed
rates. Second, the cutting force acting mainly towards to the spindle axis minimizes vibrations
and enables stable rough milling at high overhangs – the property of the utmost importancefor machining die cavities, punches and rams. Third, shallow depth of cut makes it possible toproduce the contour that will be very close to the final shape and thus diminish or even eliminate
semi finishing. All these features make HFM a significant time saver.

78

HFM is especially effective for machining die cavities or recesses by helical interpolation, principally
if they have sufficiently large sizes. Naturally, HFM technique is successfully applied to rapid
production of large-diameter holes directly from solid, or enlarging a previously made hole.
In the case of a blind hole, the hole bottom will be flat. Moreover, the same HFM tool can produce
holes of different diameters. In addition to the mentioned advantages, a HFM tool has far lesscontact with a cavity wall in contrast with a toroidal tool. In milling cavities by helical interpolation,
the toroidal tool, working even at shallow depth of cut, comes in contact with the cavity material atincreased area after some passes (Fig. 26), that caused vibrations and instable cutting.
However, the feed drive of a machine tool used for HFM should correspond to the required feed
rates and be equipped by appropriate CNC devices. Further, rapid acceleration and slowing down
combined with quickly changed working trajectories cause more intensive wear of the machine’s
moving parts such as guideways, feed screws, bearings, etc. Therefore, the concept of today’s
machining centers takes these factors into consideration; and machine tool builders produce themachine tools intended especially for HFM die and mold parts.

Fig. 26: 1st pass

Fig. 26: 2 nd pass

Fig. 26: 3 rd pass

Fig. 26: 4th pass

Originally the HFM tools were indexable milling cutters of relatively large nominal diameters. The
replaceable inserts carried by the tools traditionally had trigon or quadrihedral shapes (Fig. 27).
A cutting edge of the insert basically was an arc or two arc chords (correspondingly profiles 1
and 2 in Fig. 28). The progress in multiaxis CNC grinding and sharpening machines allowed for
production of very complicated cutting geometries in tools of different, even small sizes. Eventually
the HFM tools not only improved the shape of their inserts but were replenished by solid tools andinterchangeable heads of less nominal diameters. Such a second birth of the HFM tools was very
important for the die and mold industry; and since that moment the HFM technique is applied toroughing face surfaces or relatively large-sized shapes, as well as to various profiles of medium tosmall dimensions.
ISCAR’s HFM line comprises families of indexable milling tools, solid carbide endmills andinterchangeable MULTI-MASTER heads (the latter are intended for mounting in the
MULTI-MASTER shanks)Fig. 27

Fig. 28

Milling Tools

HFM and “old-type” CNC machine tools
Is the HFM method suitable for “old-type” CNC machine tools with spindle speeds
normally 6000-7000 rpm? These machines are still common in many die and mold shops.
The answer is generally “yes” because the typical feed drive of the machine ensures necessary
feed rates; and the mentioned values of the spindle speed are enough for rough milling of mostdie and mold materials. In HFM, the key for high material removal is incresed feed per tooth,combined with normal cutting speed at shallow depth of cut.

Fig. 29

1

2

Fig. 3079
Die and Mold

3.2.1. Indexable Tools for HFM
FEEDMILL, the first-ever family of indexable tools, produced by ISCAR, feature the trigon inserts
clamped in the tool body. The inserts have a cylindrical protrusion at their bottom, which when
mounted into the corresponding hole of the insert pocket provides very rigid clamping, absorbing
most of the forces usually exerted on the clamping screw (Fig. 29).

Milling Tools

The quest for excellence of the HFM tools led to combining the HELIDO’s strength and
FEEDMILL’s geometry, creating the HELIDO UPFEED family with the trigon double-sided insertsthat feature 6 cutting edges (Fig. 30). The insert is secured into a dovetail inclined pocket, which
provides very firm clamping. A cutting edge of the insert comprises two sections: the major (mainor external) cutting edge and the minor (internal) cutting edge. This configuration improves a tool
performance especially in rampdown milling, when the minor cutting edge plays a key role (Fig. 31).
For better chip formation, the insert rake face portion adjacent to the major edge is convex; and the
portion adjoining the minor edge – concave.
The mentioned advantages of the HELIDO UPFEED family allows effective rough milling at very
high feeds for high metal removal. Tools of the family have a 17° cutting edge angle and areavailable in different configurations: shell mills, mills with shanks and milling heads forvarious adaptations.

Table 55 Main Tool Families for HFMFamilyType

Tool
configuration

Range ofdiameters,
mm40-12516-40
20-40

Shell mills
Shank-type mills
HELIDO UPFEED Indexable FLEXFIT adaptation
MULTI-MASTER
16-20
adaptation
Shell mills
40-125
Shank-type mills
25-40
FEEDMILL
Indexable
CLICKFIT adaptation 25-40
FLEXFIT adaptation
25-40
16FEEDMILL
Indexable Shell mills
80
FEEDMILL
Solid
Solid carbide endmills 6-20
Assembly: shanks
10-25
Solid
MULTI-MASTER
heads
with replaceable heads 8-25
* Number of flutes for solid carbide mills and MULTI-MASTER heads

No. of insert Tool (shank)
cutting edges designation

6

FF FWX…
FF EWX…
FF EWX…M…

Insert (head)designation

H600 WXCU…

FF EWX…MMT…

3
16
4*
2*
4*

FF FW…
FF EW…
FF EW…CF…
FF EW…M…
FF NM…
EFF S4…
MM…

FF WO…
ONMU…
MM FF…
MM EFF…

In accordance with the cutting geometry, there are two types of the HELIDO UPFEED inserts:
T and HP. The T-type is designed for milling steel and cast iron, while the HP-type relates mostly tomachining austenitic stainless steel and high temperature alloys. The T-type inserts have “I” markson their top surfaces for visual identification (Fig. 30).
Referring to HFM, the die and mold industry is generally concerned with steel workpieces.
Hence, the T-type inserts are more common there; however, the HP-type inserts are also used for
manufacturing parts from corresponding materials.

Run faster
Two letters FF in the designation of ISCAR tools, inserts or heads for HFM means “Fast Feed”.
Run faster at fast feed for high productivity in rough milling operations!

80Fig. 31A
A-A∝

Rotated and enlarged

A
Minor cutting edge

Major cutting edge

Milling Tools

Starting Cutting Dataa) Depth of Cut Ap
Table 56 shows the depth of cut ranges, depending on the sizes of H600 WXCU…T inserts for
HELIDO UPFEED FF… milling tools.

Table 56 Depth of Cut Ap for FF… Tools with H600 WXCU…T Inserts
Insert
size
04
05
08

Insertdesignation
H600 WXCU 04…T
H600 WXCU 05…T
H600 WXCU 08…T

Ap, mm
min.
0.2
0.25
0.4

max.
0.8
1
2

Radius for programming
In CNC programming, an HFM tool is often specified as a milling cutter with a corner radius.
The radius that is called as “radius for programming (R in Fig.32), relates to reference data andcan be found in ISCAR catalogs and technical leaflets. The radius defines the maximal thicknessof a cusp – a mismatch produced by such specification (correspondingly t in the same figure).

Fig. 32

t

R
D1

81
Die and Mold

b) Width of Cut Ae
It is strongly recommended that a width of cut be no more than diameter D1 in order to prevent
tooth overloading, because of excess machining allowance in cusps produced on the further
passes after stepdown (Fig. 33).

Fig. 33

Cusp
Stepdown

D1

Milling Tools

Ae>D1

ae>Ap

c) Starting Feed Per Tooth fz
Normally, feeds per tooth for the majority of die and mold materials lay within the values shown in
Table 57.
The values are enough for quick estimation of a feed per tooth and give satisfactory results whenapplied. More precisely, the feed fz can be defined with Table 58. For poor workholding, highoverhang, milling near thin walls and in other cases of non-sufficient operational stability,
the table data should be reduced by 30%.

Table 57 Commonly Occurring Feeds for FF… Tools with H600 WXCU…T Inserts
Insert
size
04
05
08

Insertdesignation
H600 WXCU 04…T
H600 WXCU 05…T
H600 WXCU 08…T

Feed Fz,
mm/tooth
0.4…1
0.5…1.5
0.6…2

Table 58 Average Starting Feed fzo for FF… Tools with H600 WXCU…T Inserts
ISO
Class
DIN/ISO 513

Workpiece material
Type
Plain carbon
steel

P

M
K
H

Alloy steel
andtool steel

Feed fzo, mm/tooth for FF…tools
with H600
WXCU…T…
Inserts**

Material
Group*

H600 WXCU 04

H600 WXCU 05

H600 WXCU 08

1-4

1

1.3

1.7

5

1

1.3

1.6

6, 7

1

1.2

1.5

8, 9

0.9

1.2

1.4

10

0.8

1.1

1.3

11

0.7

1

1.2

Martensitic s.s.

12, 13

0.9

1.2

1.4

Grey cast iron

15-16

1

1.3

1.6

Nodular cast iron

17-18

0.8

1.1

1.3

38.1

0.4

0.5

0.6

38.2

0.3

0.3

0.4

Hardened steel* ISCAR material group in accordance with VDI 3323 standard** In case of machining in unstable conditions, the starting feed should be reduced by 30%

82

Particular care: ramping down directly to solidStarting high feed milling of cavities and pockets, an HFM tool performs the first cut by ramping down
to a solid workpiece and then starts profile milling by helical interpolation. Keep in mind that in case,when the tool cuts downward, ramps to material, demands reduced feed per tooth; and the values
shown in Table 58 should be decreased by 30-40%. Additionally, it is recommended to reduce themaximal depth of cut that is specified in Table 57 by 20%.

d) Starting cutting speed Vc
Table 59 comprises the averaged values of starting cutting speed Vc in relation to the insert
carbide grades. If the cutting conditions are estimated as unfavorable (high overhang, poor workor toolholding, etc.) the values should be reduced by 20-30%.

Table 59 FF… Tools with H600 WXCU…T Inserts: Starting Cutting Speed Vc

P

M
K
H

Workpiece material

Vc, m/min for Grades

Type

Mat. group*

IC808

IC810

IC830

IC330

Plain carbon
steel

1-4

150

150

150

135

5

150

140

135

125

6, 7

150

135

125

120

8, 9

150

130

120

115

10

130

125

115

110

11

120

120

115

100

Martensitic s.s.

12, 13

120

120

120

Grey cast iron

15-16

200

220

220

Nodular cast iron

17-18

180

200

200

38.1

80

70

38.2

60

50

Alloy steel
andtool steel

Hardened steel* ISCAR material group in accordance with VDI 3323 standard– Recommended carbide grade

Depth of cut: work for maximum
The cutting edge angle of a FF tool with H600 inserts is practically consistant (17°) along the main
cutting edge of an insert mounted in the tool. Therefore, reducing a depth of cut does not cause thechip thinning effect and does not allow for inscreasing feed per tooth and then run faster.
If your machine has enough power and workholding is rigid, work for maximal depth of cut –you gain cycle time and reach higher productivity.

Milling Tools

ISO Class
DIN/ISO 513

ExampleIn order to cut cycle time for forging die manufacturing, a process planner decided to apply facemill tool FF FWX D080-06-32-08 with inserts H600 WXCU 080612T IC830 for rough milling aplane surface of a large-size block. The block material is AISI/SAE D2 tool steel, HB 190…210.
The machining conditions can be estimated as stable: a machine tool with powerful main and feed
drives, proper workholding, and short overhang of the tool.

83
Die and Mold

Assuming that calculations show that the machine has enough power, the current manufacturingconditions allow the proposed maximal depth of cut (refer to remark “Depth of cut: work for
maximum”) 2 mm (Table 56).
The material relates to material group No.10. Starting feed fz=1.3 mm/tooth (Table 58), starting
cutting speed Vc=115 m/min (Table 59).
Width of cut Ae=62 mm - refer to above paragraph b) “Width of cut Ae” and catalog data of thechosen tool (D1=64 mm).
Spindle speed N=1000×115/(π×80)=458 (rpm).
Feed speed VF=1.3×6×458=3572 (mm/min).
Metal removal rate Q≈1.3×62×3572=287.9 (cm3/min).

Milling Tools

Particular care: milling full slot
If the HFM technique is applied for rough milling a full slot, starting feeds and cutting speeds
recommended in Tables 58 and 59 should be reduced by 30%.

3.2.2. MULTI-MASTER milling heads and solid carbide
endmills for HFM
There are two groups of the MULTI-MASTER heads for HFM: two-flute MM FF… heads of the“economy” type and multiflute MM EFF… heads with cutting geometry similar to the FEEDMILL
solid carbide endmills. General data regarding these heads and solid endmills is shown in Tables
60 and 61.

Table 60 Number of Flutes Z and Maximal Depth of Cut Apmax for MULTI-MASTER
Heads and Solid Carbide Endmills Intended for HFM
Type
MULTI-MASTER
MULTI-MASTER
S.C. Endmills

Designation
MM FF…
MM EFF…
EFF…

Numberof flutes Z
2
4
4

6

0.3

Apmax, mm, for nom. diam. D, mm
10
12
16
20
0.6
1
1.1
1.5
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.8
1
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.8
1
8

25
1.2

Versatility of cutting tool (2) and …cutting insert
ISCAR offers the customer inserts that when mounted into the existing tools, they turn these tools
into HFM cutters. Inserts OFMW…FF that are intended for the HELIOCTO family and inserts ADKT…
FF, ADCT … FF and APKT …FF, which are designed for the HELIMILL family, expand the application
ranges of the mentioned lines for high-efficiency rough milling using the HFM method. The inserts
do not require any new tools and are secured into pockets of the standard tools of the families.
Further, face mill FF NM D080-06-27-R08 with 80 mm nominal diameter carries standard 16-edged
insert ONMU 0806…. The insert orientation features similar capabilities to HFM tools. By using thetool in rough face milling, the material removal rate can be increased by 1.5 to 2 times, whencompared with the standard tool with this insert. By the way, due to its 16 cutting edge insert
ONMU 0806…is a winning economical solution for high feed milling of large-sized plane surfaces.
The ISCAR main catalog and technical leaflets contain necessary information regarding thesesolutions based on the principle of versatility, where the right combination of indexable tools andinserts result in new positive results.

84

Table 61 Maximal Width of Cut Aemax* for MULTI-MASTER Heads andSolid Carbide Endmills Intended for HFM
Designation
6

8

4.5

6.1

MM FF… heads
MM EFF… heads
and EFF… endmills

Max. Aemax, mm, for nom. diam.D, mm
10
12
16
7.7
9.1
13.6
7.7

9.1

12.5

20
17.5

25

15.5

19.5

* With the assumption that the depth of cut is Apmax, shown in Table 60

A more accurate estimatwe for depth and width of cut with respect to a workpiece material canbe obtained from Tables 62-64. The tables contain average values that work well when applied todefining starting cutting data.

Table 62 MULTI-MASTER Heads MM FF…: Average Depth of Cut Ap, mm
Relation

10

12

16

20

1-9

~0.06 D

0.6

0.7

1

1.2

10-11

0.05 D

0.5

0.6

0.8

1

12, 130.05 D

0.5

0.8

0.8

1

15-18

Apmax

0.6

1

1.1

1.4

38.1*2~0.045 D

0.4

0.5

0.7

0.9

38.2*3~0.03 D

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

39*4

~0.02 D

0.2

0.25

0.3

0.4

P
M
K
H

*1 ISCAR material group in accordance with VDI 3323 standard*2 HRC 45-49*3 HRC 50-55*4 HRC 56-63

Table 63 S.C. Endmills EFF… and MULTI-MASTER Heads MM EFF…:
Average Depth of Cut Ap, mm
Ap for D, mm

ISO Class
DIN/ISO 513 Material Group*1

Relation

6

8

10

12

16

20

25

1-9

~0.045 D

0.3

0.35

0.45

0.55

0.75

0.9

1.1

10-11

~0.04 D

0.25

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.65

0.8

1

12, 13~0.04 D

0.25

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.65

0.8

1

15-18

Apmax

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.8

1

1.2

38.1*2~0.035 D

0.2

0.25

0.35

0.45

0.6

0.7

0.9

38.2*3~0.03 D

0.2

0.25

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.75

39*4

~0.02 D

0.1

0.15

0.2

0.25

0.3

0.4

0.5

P
M
K
H

Milling Tools

Ap for D, mm

ISO Class
DIN/ISO 513 Material Group*1* ISCAR material group in accordance with VDI 3323 standard*2 HRC 45-49*3 HRC 50-55*4 HRC 56-63
1

85
Die and Mold

Particular care: milling full slot
Speaking about application of the solid carbide endmills and the MULTI-MASTER heads intendedfor HFM, it should be noted that all additional limitations regarding table values of starting cutting
data considered for HELIDO UPFEED cutters are also valid here:• Reduce feed by 30% in case of poor stability• Decrease feed by 30-40% and maximal depth of cut by 20% for ramping down to solid• Reduce feed and cutting speed by 30% when milling full slot

Table 64 MULTI-MASTER Heads MM FF…/MM EFF… andS.C. Endmills EFF…: Average Width of Cut Ae, mm*1
Relation

6

8

10

12

16

20

25

1-9

~0.7 D

4

5.5

7

8.5

11.5

14

17.5

10-11

~0.6 D

3.5

4.5

6

7

9.5

12

15

12, 13~0.6 D

3.5

4.5

6

7

9.5

12

15

P
M
K

Milling Tools

Ae for D

ISO Class
DIN/ISO 513 Material Group*2

H

15-18

~0.7 D

4

5.5

7

8.5

11.5

14

17.5

38.1*3~0.45 D

2.5

3.5

4.5

5.5

7

9

11

38.2*4~0.3 D

2

2.5

3

3.5

4.5

6

7.5

39*5

~0.25 D

1.5

2

2.5

3

4

5

6

* With reference to depth of cut, Ap shown in Table 632* ISCAR material group in accordance with VDI 3323 standard
3* HRC 45-49
4* HRC 50-55
5* HRC 56-63
1

Table 65 MULTI-MASTER Heads MM FF…/MM EFF… andS.C. Endmills EFF…: Starting Speed Vc, m/min
ISO Class
DIN/ISO 513

Material Group*

Vc, m/min

1

180

2-4

160

5-6

150

7-9

140

10

130

11

120

M

12, 13

120

K

15-16

180

P

H

17-18

160

38.1

100

38.2

80

39**

60

* ISCAR material group in accordance with VDI 3323 standard

86

Table 66 MULTI-MASTER Heads MM FF...: Starting Feed fzo, mm/tooth
Ap for D, mm

ISO Class
DIN/ISO 513 Material Group*1

Relation

10

12

16

20

1-9

~0.06 D

0.6

0.7

1

1.2

10-11

0.05 D

0.5

0.6

0.8

1

12, 130.05 D

0.5

0.8

0.8

1

15-18

Apmax

0.6

1

1.1

1.4

38.1*2~0.045 D

0.4

0.5

0.7

0.9

38.2*3~0.03 D

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

39*4

~0.02 D

0.2

0.25

0.3

0.4

P
M
K
H

*1 ISCAR material group in accordance with VDI 3323 standard*2 HRC 45-49*3 HRC 50-55*4 HRC 56-63

ExampleIn a mold making shop there is a part to be machined by four-flute solid carbide endmill EFF-S4-12
045/34C12R2.0M. The part material is AISI P20 mold steel, HRC 32…35. The operational
stability is good enough.
Find starting cutting data.
The tool diameter is 12 mm. The material relates to material group No.6. Define the depth of cut
as 0.55 mm (Table 63) and the width of cut as 8.5 mm (Table 64).
The starting cutting speed is 150 m/min (Table 65) and the starting feed is 0.48 mm/tooth(Table 67).
Calculations:• Spindle speed 1000×150/(π×12)=3980 (rpm)• Feed speed 0.48×4×3980=7641.6 (mm/min)• Approximately metal removal rate 0.55×8.5×7641.6/1000=35.7 (cm3/min)

Table 67 S.C. Endmills EFF… and MULTI-MASTER Heads MM EFF…:

Milling Tools

Tables 65-67 show recommended values for starting cutting speed and feed per tooth.

Starting Feed fzo, mm/tooth
ISO Class
DIN/ISO 513 Material Group*1

P

M
K
H

fzo, for D, mm
6

8

10

12

16

20

25

1-4

0.35

0.48

0.57

0.67

0.75

0.9

1

5

0.33

0.43

0.5

0.57

0.65

0.75

0.87

6, 7

0.28

0.33

0.4

0.48

0.57

0.67

0.78

8, 9

0.25

0.3

0.35

0.43

0.52

0.6

0.7

10

0.22

0.28

0.33

0.38

0.48

0.57

0.67

11

0.2

0.25

0.3

0.35

0.43

0.52

0.62

12, 13

0.25

0.3

0.35

0.43

0.52

0.6

0.7

15-16

0.34

0.45

0.52

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

17-18

0.3

0.38

0.45

0.52

0.6

0.7

0.8

38.1*2

0.16

0.2

0.25

0.33

0.4

0.48

0.55

38.2*3

0.12

0.16

0.22

0.3

0.38

0.45

0.52

39*4

0.1

0.12

0.16

0.16

0.2

0.2

0.25

*1 ISCAR material group in accordance with VDI 3323 standard*2 HRC 45-49*3 HRC 50-55*4 HRC 56-63

87
Die and Mold

Depth of cut and stepover (pick feed)In HFM with stepover passes, the depth of cut and the stepover are interrelated quantities.
Because the cutting edge of a EFF solid carbide endmill or a MM FF/EFF milling head actuallyis an arc of large-diameter circle, the maximal stepover is limited by chord length t defined by depthof cut ap (Fig. 34). Therefore, the width of cut in Tables 61 and 64 specifies the values that are notrecommended to exceed when the depth of cut is defined by corresponding data in Tables 60, 62
and 63. If not, the produced cusp shape can lead to the tool (head) overloading in further millingwith stepdown. It is clear that decreasing the stepover reduces the cusps (Fig. 35) and improvesurface condition.
Generally, in machining large-sized, mostly plane, surfaces with an allowance no more than therecommended depth of cut, HFM with maximal corresponding width of cut will be the mostproductive. In case when the allowance is divided between stepdown passes, the stepoverdefinition requires more careful examination, in order to avoid overload after stepdown.
Fig. 34

Milling Tools

Stepover ≤ t
t

apmax

Stepover max

Fig. 35h2xh1
Stepover 1
Stepover 2

88

apmax

3.3. Ball nose milling tools
A ball nose milling tool has a ball-shaped (spherical) cutting edge. This means that the cutting edge
is a part of a sphere (Fig. 36). Nothing other than a ball has the common normal to a surface; andactually only a spherical cutting tool can ensure theoretical pinpoint contact with a required 3-D
surface. Thus the tool does not cause deformation of the needed shape while milling (Fig. 37).

The die and mold industry feature no lack of complex shaped parts - the ball nose milling tools
excellently meet the requirements for machining these parts. It is little wonder when speaking
about specific features of the cutting tools in die and mold making, the reference is to the ball noseand the toroidal cutting profiles.
In the ball nose cutters, one of the important engineering factors is the angular value of a ballshaped cutting edge. Usually it is 180° (hemisphere, Fig. 38); but tools with the edge more thanhemisphere (bulb-type cutters, Fig. 39), typically 220°-250°, and the edge less than hemisphere(taper or tapered ball nose cutters, Fig. 40), basically 80°-89°, are common in die and moldmaking.
The ball nose milling tools with the ball-shaped cutting edge as a hemisphere often have also acylindrical cutting portion. The portion allows for better surface finish, while machining near straightwalls and enables for increasing step down for milling passes (compare cases a and b in Fig. 41).

Fig. 36

SR...

SR...

Milling Tools

Ball mill
From time to time (especially in shoptalk of the die and mold professional environment) the ball nose
cutters are said to be “ball mills”. Such a definition should be avoided because ball mills refer togrinding devices of the specific design principle and relate to grinding materials into powder, but
not to material removal by milling.

SR...

89
Die and Mold

Fig. 37

Profile of machined workpiece
Required shape

Milling Tools

Contact points

Fig. 38

180º

90

180º

180º

Fig. 39ϕϕϕ>180°ϕ

Milling Tools

Fig. 40ϕϕ<180°
Fig. 41 a

Fig. 41 b

a1
Cylindrical edge

ae

SR

ae

SR

91
Die and Mold

Milling Tools

The ability to generate exact, true to form surfaces is the prime advantage of the ball nose milling
tools. However, the ball-shaped cutting edge, which predetermines this important feature, has
one serious weak point: the zero velocity (and hence the zero cutting speed) of a cutter tip. Thatphenomenon makes cutting near to the tip difficult. Further, the points of a ball-shaped cuttingedge lay on unequal distance from a tool axis varying from zero (the tip) to the radius of thecorresponding sphere. Such a variation means that the points cut were with different cutting
speeds. The chip thinning effect considered in the previous sections of the guide also takes
place here. The combination of unequal cutting speeds and dissimilar chip thickness leads to a
substantial difference in loading the points of the cutting edge along its profile, which makes cutting
harder and intensifies wear in the certain areas of the cutting edge.
Cutting tool engineers take into account the mentioned negative effect when designing the cutting
geometry of a ball nose tool. Additionally, machining practice advances different methods that
improve the performance of the ball nose tools and makes them more effective. For instance,
milling with a tool when its axis is not perpendicular to a machined surface (“tilting”, Fig. 42) makes
loading on the cutting edge more uniform. Another example: replacing rampdown milling (casea, Fig. 43) on rampup milling (case b, the same figure) in a machining process at once changes
the cutting conditions for the better. Under the same programmed spindle speed and feed incase a), the most stressed portion of the cutting edge is the area near the cutter tip that features
low cutting speeds; while in case b), the cutting edge area, which carries the main load, is in amuch better situation when a more acceptable cutting speed corresponds to this area. Of course,
machining specific parts can demand various milling strategies; and the examples only illustratesome particular properties associated with the ball nose cutting geometry. The correct processplanning requires taking the properties into consideration.
ISCAR carries a wide range of ball nose milling cutters of diverse types: indexable and solid, singleinsert and with interchangeable solid cutting heads. Normally these are endmills with shank andthey vary in dimensions and obtainable accuracy. In addition, the cutters of the single-insert andindexable types are available not only as tools with integral body but in most cases as replaceable
cutting heads with a FLEXFIT or MULTI-MASTER adaptation. For the tools with integral body(Fig.44), there are different design configurations with straight (type A) and tapered (conical) neck(types B and D). Usually type B features an operating angle α equal to 5°, and type D –2°. Table
68 shows the most popular ISCAR families of the ball nose endmill cutters.

Historical background: copy mill
In many cases the ball nose milling tools are called “copy milling cutters”, “copying style mills” orplainly “copy mills”. These terms trace their history to not so long-ago when the contoured surfaces
were produced on conventional milling machines of a copying arrangement – the copy millingmachines. The machines, operated manually or having a follow-up drive of hydraulic, electric, etc.
type, feature the ability to follow a master model (template) and thus to generate the contoured
surfaces by cutting. As a matter of course, the copy milling machines use mainly the cutters ofball-shaped or toroidal cutting profile that were called “copy mills” accordingly.
Introduction of the CNC machines dramatically changed the technology of generating the contoured
surfaces by cutting. In contrast to the traditional copy milling that allowed machining for the mostpart 2-D profiles, modern CNC technology is capable of producing very complicated 3-D shapesby metal cutting; and today “template”, which defines tool paths, is a computer solid model.
The model built with the use of CAD/CAM software is intended for generating corresponding
CNC programs. Therefore sometimes used terms “copy milling” and correspondingly “copy mills”,
now substantially differ from their original meanings.

92

Fig. 42

n
∝
R

R

A B
δ

Fig. 43 b

Milling Tools

Fig. 43 a

a

VF

VF

∝

∝

a

Fig. 44α°Type A

Type B and D

93
Die and Mold

Table 68 Ball Nose Endmill Cutters: Main Families
FamilyType

Diameter Range, mm*

BALLPLUS

Single-insert

12…25

DROPMILL

Indexable

12…50

HELIBALL

Single-insert

8…10

MULTI-MASTER

Interchangeable solid heads

6…25

Milling Tools

SOLIDMILL
Solid carbide tools* For production of the standard line

0.4…25

Tilting action: case study
When milling with a ball nose cutter, tilting the cutter axis prevents the non-cutting effect of thecutter tip due to its zero cutting speed.
Turn to Fig. 42. Section AB of the cutting edge performs milling operation, removing machining
allowance δ.
The cutting speed within the section is directly proportional to a distance from a point of the section
to the cutter axis and it is minimal in point A. The cutting speed has a maximum in the point spacedon distance R from the axis, where R – the radius of the cutter sphere. The distance from point A tothe axis can be found as R∙sinα, where α – a tilting angle.
It is not difficult to see that if the angle is 5°, the cutting speed in point A is approximately 9% of
the maximum, if 10° - 17%; and for the angle 15° the speed is already 26% of the maximum.

Starting Cutting Data and Tool Selection
As already stated, the cutting speed varies along the section of a ball-shaped cutting edge thatengages directly in milling. Due to the chip thinning effect the chip thickness also varies within thesection. A correctly selected milling method demands removing most of a machining allowance by
the area with the possibly maximal cutting speed. Compare, for example, the mentioned cases a)
and b) in Fig. 43. The latter is the correct choice, while the first case shows cutting in unfavorable
conditions and should be avoided.
For a ball nose milling tool the effective cutting diameter (see the marginal note on page 58) De,
which relates to the point of the cutting edge with maximal cutting speed, can be defined from thefollowing equation:

De = 2 x √(D × ap-ap²)    (15)Where		D – tool diameter		ap – axial depth of cut
However, the equation will not work for ramping and milling near straight walls (cases b) and c)
in Fig. 45) where the areas of the cutting edge having diameters more than De determined fromequation 15. Table 69 shows how to define the effective diameter, depending on a cutting path.

94

Fig. 45 a

Fig. 45 b

Fig. 45 c

n

n

n

a

+ VF

Stepdown (ap)

α

VF

ap

VF

De

De

ae
De

Cutting Path

Case in Fig. 45

Effective Diameter De

The cutter axis is normal to a machined surfacea)

2×√(D×ap-ap²)

Ramping, milling inclined surfacesb)(D-2×a)×sinα+2×√(D×a-a²) ×cosα*

Notes≈D×sinα**c)DMilling straight walls* α - ramping angle, a - machining allowance (stock to be removed) per pass.
** The simplified equation is often used for estimating effective diameter. In many cases it gives a more or less suitable
result. Nevertheless, this equation should be applied for rough calculation only due to the truncation error that canbe a source of serious inaccuracy.

Be accurate with effective diameter
In milling with ball nose cutters, especially in ramping operations, it is very important to be accurate
in computation of the effective diameter. Precise calculation leads to correct cutting action andbetter performance.

ExampleCalculate the effective diameter for a ball nose cutter of 10 mm diameter, which is applied toramp up milling with a ramping angle of 30°. The machining allowance 0.4 mm should be removed
by one pass.

Milling Tools

Table 69 Effective Diameter for Ball Nose Milling Cutters

In accordance with Table 69 (case b) in Fig. 45):
De=(10-2×0.4)×sin30°+2×√(10×0.4-0.4²) ×cos30°=7.99 (mm) ≈8 mm.
By comparison, the simplified equation will give 10×sin30°=5 (mm) - the truncation error is 37.5%.
If for the same cutter the ramping angle will be 10° and the allowance 2 mm, calculated effective
diameter De=(10-2×2)×sin10°+2×√(10×2-2²) ×cos10°=8.9 (mm), while the simplified equation
gives only 1.7 mm! The truncation error in this case reaches 80%!
On the contrary, for 70° ramping with a 25 mm diameter ball nose cutter with a 1 mm allowance
De=(25-2×1)×sin70°+2×√(25-1) ×cos70°=24.96 (mm) ≈25 mm; and in accordance with thesimplified equation - 25×sin70°=23.5 (mm).
The truncation error here is only 6% and that is totally acceptable.
One can easily see that equation (15) is nothing but a particular case of the formula for the effective
diameter of a ball nose milling cutter in ramping applications and is simply obtained from the latterby substitution zero value for angle α.

95
Die and Mold

The ball-shaped (spheric) cutting edge is the cause of chip thinning (Fig. 46). Just as the milling
tools with toroidal cutting profile, for a ball nose cutter the variation of the depth of cut changes the
maximal cutting angle. The chip thinning effect has been already considered in reasonable detail inthe section related to the toroidal tools; and it is not necessary to repeat it again. However it is very
important to re-emphasize that the chip thinning factor increases the programmed feed per tooth inorder to obtain the planned maximal chip thickness, shall be taken into account. The chip thinning
factor is a function of the cutter spheric diameter D and the axial depth of cut ap (Fig. 47).
Normally, chip thinning factor KTH can be found from the following equation:

KTH = 1/sin χmax

(16)

Maximal cutting edge angle χmax, as it follows from equation (4), is determined byMilling Tools

χmax = arccos (1-(2 x ap/D))

ExampleWhat feed and spindle speed should be programmed for a milling operation performed by 16 mm
diameter two-flute ball nose cutter, if the required cutting speed is 100 m/min and the expected
maximal chip thickness 0.12 mm? The axial depth of cut is 3.5 mm.
Effective diameter De=2×√(16×3.5-3.5²)= 13.2 (mm)Correspondingly, programmed spindle n=1000×100/(π×13.2)= 2411 (rpm)Maximal cutting edge angle χmax = arccos (1-(2×3.5/16))= 55.8°
Chip thinning factor KTH = 1/sin χmax=1/sin55.8°= 1.2
Thus feed per tooth fz=0.12×1.2= 0.14 (mm/tooth) and programmed feed speed
VF=0.14×2×2411= 675 (mm/min)
As a comparison, ignoring such factors as effective diameter and chip thinning results inspindle speed n=1000×100/(π×16)= 1990 (rpm) and programmed feed speed
VF= 0.12×2×1990= 477.6 (mm/min). Under this programmed data, productivity of theoperation will be approximately 30% less!

Fig. 46
fz

ap

hm

96

(4a)

Fig. 47

VF

VF

a

ap

ap
∝

In milling with ball nose cutters, correct feed and speed calculations should be based on thecorresponding effective diameter of a cutter and the chip thinning factor defined by application.
Leaving them out can lead to to poor operational performance and less productivity.

Table 70 Effective Cutting Diameter De, mm, and Chip Thinning Factor KTH for
Ball Nose Milling Cutters
D, mm

ap,
mm

SØ4
De

SØ5

KTH

De

SØ6

KTH

De

SØ7

KTH

De

SØ8

KTH

De

SØ10

KTH

De

KTH

SØ12
De

KTH

SØ16
De

KTH

0.2

1.7

2.3

1.9

2.5

2.1

2.8

2.3

3

2.5

3.2

2.8

3.6

3.1

3.9

3.5

4.5

0.3

2.1

1.9

2.4

2.1

2.6

2.3

2.8

2.5

3

2.6

3.4

2.9

3.7

3.2

4.3

3.7

0.5

2.6

1.5

3

1.7

3.3

1.8

3.6

1.9

3.9

2.1

4.3

2.3

4.8

2.5

5.6

2.9

0.7

3

1.3

3.5

1.4

3.8

1.5

4.2

1.7

4.5

1.8

5.1

1.9

5.6

2.1

6.5

2.4

1

3.5

1.1

4

1.2

4.5

1.3

4.9

1.4

5.3

1.5

6

1.7

6.6

1.8

7.7

2.1

2

4

1

4.9

1

5.6

1.1

6.3

1.1

6.9

1.1

8

1.2

8.9

1.3

10.6

1.5

3

—

—

—

—

6

1

6.9

1

7.7

1

9.1

1.1

10.4

1.1

12.5

1.3

4

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

8

1

9.8

1

11.3

1.1

13.8

1.1

5

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

10

1

11.8

1

14.8

1.1

6

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

12

1

15.5

1

7

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

15.9

1

8

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

16

1

Milling Tools

In addition to equations (15) and (16), effective cutting diameter De and chip thinning factor KTH
can also be found from Table 70. Just as well, the table data is very useful for quickly estimating
cutting data.

97
Die and Mold

Table 70 (cont.) Effective Cutting Diameter De, mm, and Chip Thinning Factor KTH
for Ball Nose Milling Cutters
D, mm

ap,
mm

Milling Tools

0.3

SØ20

SØ25

SØ32

SØ40

SØ50

De

KTH

De

KTH

De

KTH

De

KTH

De

KTH

4.9

4.1

5.4

4.6

6.2

5.2

6.9

5.8

7.7

6.5

0.5

6.2

3.2

7

3.6

7.9

4

8.9

4.5

9.9

5

1

8.7

2.3

9.8

2.5

11.1

2.9

12.5

3.2

14

3.6

3

14.3

1.4

16.2

1.5

18.6

1.7

21

1.9

23.7

2.1

5

17.3

1.1

20

1.2

23.2

1.4

26.4

1.5

30

1.7

8

19.6

1

23.3

1.1

27.7

1.1

32

1.2

36.7

1.4

10

20

1

24.5

1

29.7

1.1

34.6

1.1

40

1.2

12

—

—

25

1

30.1

1

36.7

1.1

42.7

1.2

16

—

—

—

—

32

1

39.2

1

46.6

1.1

20

—

—

—

—

—

—

40

1

49

1

25

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

50

1

Apart from everything else, defining cutting data depends on the type of the ball nose cutters.
Normally, the ball nose cutters feature semi-finish to finish milling of the 3-D surfaces withouta large machining allowance. The machined die and mold parts are not equal in their size andaccuracy; they differ in processing chain and specification of rough and finish passes. Therefore thepart manufacture makes different demands for the required tools in general and for the ball nose
milling cutters specifically.
The chart in Fig. 48 shows in simplified form the type of a ball nose cutter as a function of thecutter accuracy and its nominal diameter. In some measures the chart can help in choosing thecutter: basing on the indexable-type principle the cutter can reach large diameters but its accuracy
will be limited; at the same time a solid carbide endmill usually is the most suitable solution for highaccuracy requirements; however the diameter of such a mill rarely exceeds 20 mm. The ball nose
cutters of the single-insert type and the milling tools with the interchangeable solid carbide headsof the MULTI-MASTER family are typically found in-between the indexable and solid tools either intheir accuracy or dimensional sizes. It is worthy to note that there are high-precision
MULTI-MASTER ball nose heads with accuracy requirements more strict than for the solid mills,
but it is more exception than the rule that says: the monolithic integral tool can be more precise
than the assembled one.

Fig. 48
Nom.
diameterIndexable

One Insert
B.N. Cutters
Interchangeable
Solid Heads

Solid
CarbideAccuracy

98

The starting cutting speed Vc and feed per tooth fz used for CNC programming can be found fromthe already known equations (1) and (6):Vc = Vo x Ks x Kt

(1)

fz = fz0 x KTH x Ks

(6)

Where: Vo – basic cutting speed
Kt – tool life factor
fz0 – basic starting feed
KTH – chip thinning factor
Ks – stability factor

Milling Tools

The tool life factor is shown in Table 8.
The chip thinning factor is defined by equation (16) or in Table 70.
The stability factor, as already noted, is taken to be 1 for normal conditions and to 0.7 if theestimated cutting stability is insufficient (milling thin walls, high overhang, poor toolholding, nonrigid workholding, etc.).
Defining the basic starting speed and feed depends on the type of a ball nose cutter and isconnected with design features of the cutter family.
The subsections below emphasize the characteristic properties of the families of the ball nose
cutter and contain the tables with the basic speeds and feeds necessary for cutting data
calculation.

BALLPLUS and HELIBALL: families of single-insert ballnose milling cutters
A BALLPLUS milling cutter carries one ball nose insert with the V-shaped rear part that is mounted
against two contact surfaces within the slot of the cutter body (Fig. 19). The cutter has two cuttingedges which are the edges of the insert. The range of diameters for the BALLPLUS cutters is12-25 mm.
The HELIBALL family, the immediate predecessor of the BALLPLUS and now almost completely
replaced by it, is represented today only by the cutters of smaller diameters: 8-10 mm. Inserts
for the cutters are shaped by sintering only without any grinding operation. A cutter has only
one cutting edge in this case and is intended mostly for rough milling operations. The 10 mm
insert, however, is indexable and there are two cutting edges on it; but the 8 mm insert, a typical
throwaway, is provided with only one cutting edge.
The BALLPLUS inserts differ in angular values of their cutting edge, cutting geometry andaccuracy (Table 71).

99
Die and Mold

Table 71 Ball Nose Inserts of the BALLPLUS Family
Cutting Edge

Insert
HBR...
HBF…
HCR…-QF
HCR…-QP

Spheric

Cylindrical~220°(bulb-type)

no

180°
(hemisphere)

yes

Accuracy
Grade

Rake
Face

normalsinteredhighgroundnormalsinteredApplication

Flank
Material typeOperationrough to finish

wide
range

groundfinishrough to finish

soft

Basic starting feed fzo and basic cutting speed Vo are shown in Tables 72 and 73.

Table 72 BALLPLUS and HELIBALL Ball Nose Milling Cutters: Basic Feed fzo, mm/toothMilling Tools

ISO class
DIN/ISO 513

100

P

M
K
H

Material
Group*

fzo, for D, mm
8

10

12

16

20

25

1-4

0.09

0.1

0.12

0.13

0.15

0.17

5

0.08

0.09

0.11

0.12

0.14

0.16

6, 7

0.08

0.09

0.1

0.12

0.13

0.15

8, 9

0.07

0.08

0.1

0.11

0.12

0.13

10

0.07

0.08

0.09

0.1

0.11

0.12

11

0.06

0.07

0.09

0.1

0.1

0.11

12, 13

0.07

0.08

0.09

0.1

0.11

0.12

15-16

0.09

0.1

0.12

0.13

0.15

0.17

17-18

0.08

0.09

0.11

0.12

0.14

0.16

38.1

0.05

0.06

0.07

0.07

0.08

0.1

38.2

0.04

0.05

0.06

0.06

0.07

0.08

39

0.03

0.03

0.04

0.04

0.05

0.06

* ISCAR material group in accordance with VDI 3323 standard

A rule of thumb
As mentioned earlier, in milling with ball nose cutters, the machining tolerance (stock) typically is not
so large. For quick estimation of the depth of cut/width of cut relation, a rule of thumb may be used.
The rule, named as “the rule of 12”, gives quite acceptable results for milling soft and pre-hardened
steel and martensitic stainless steel by ball nose cutters of one-insert type or with interchangeable
solid heads. In accordance with the rule, if a depth of cut is the half of a cutter diameter (D/2),
a width of cut should be no more than D/6; for the depth of cut D/3 the maximal width of cut
should be D/4, etc.
It is not difficult to see that 2×6=3×4=12.

Table 73 Ball Nose Cutters with BALLPLUS HCR…/HBR…, HELIBALL CR… andDROPMILL BCR… Inserts: Basic Cutting Speed Vo, m/min

P

M
K
H

Vc, for Grade

Material
Group*

IC908

IC928

IC328

1

210

180

160

2-4

200

170

140

5-6

190

150

130

7-9

180

140

125

10

160

125

120

11

140

120

110

12, 13

155

130

125

15-16

220

200

17-18

200

180

38.1

100

80

38.2

70

39**

55

* ISCAR material group in accordance with VDI 3323 standard** In this case HSM recommended

Three carbide grades are available for the BALLPLUS/HELIBALL inserts of the standard line:
IC908, IC928 and IC328. From these three grades, IC928 is conceptually the most general-dutyand should be the first choice for milling soft and pre-hardened steel. However, due to the factthat the main part of the application of the one-insert ball nose cutters relates to semi-finish andfinish milling, grade IC908, the hardest one, has become increasingly more popular, and canbe considered to be the preferred option. In many cases it is the unique solution for profilingworkpieces from hardened steels and nodular cast iron. The tougher grade IC328 is suitable formilling in unstable conditions and for cases with considerable impact loading. The fully shaped bysintering non-ground CR… inserts for 8 and 10 mm dia. HELIBALL tools are produced just fromthis grade.
ExampleA part made from carbon steel AISI/SAE 1020 is machined by ball nose endmill cutter
HCM D20-A-L150-C20, with insert HCR D200-QF IC908. The axial depth of cut is 5 mm,
the width of cut (stepover) – 3.5 mm. Operational stability is sufficient.

Milling Tools

ISO Class
DIN/ISO 513

Effective diameter De and chip thinning factor KTH can be calculated or found directly from
Table 70: 17.3 mm and 1.1 respectively.
The workpiece material relates to the material group No.1.
Basic feed fzo=0.15 mm/tooth (Table 72).
Basic cutting speed Vo=210 m/min (Table 73).
Programmed feed per tooth fz=0.15×1.1= 0.16 (mm/tooth).
Cutting speed for estimated tool life 60 min.Vc=210×1×0.8=168 (m/min).
Spindle speed 1000×Vc/(π×De)=1000×168/(π ×17.3)=3090 (rpm).
Programmed feed speed VF= 0.16×2×3090=988.8 (mm/min) ≈990 mm/min.

101
Die and Mold

Ramping mathematics and one working rule
Chip thinning factor KTH, as a function of cutter diameter D and axial depth of cut ap, is definedby equations (16) and (4a). In ramping with ball nose cutters, ap often is not specified directly
but it is defined implicitly via ramping angle α and machining allowance (stock to be removed)
per part a. Of course, CAD/CAM systems allows very quick finding ap in such case. In addition,
the axial depth of cut can be calculated from the following equation:
ap=D/2+[(a-D/2)×cosα+√(D×a-a²) ×sinα] (17)
If the phrase in the square brackets is positive, ap should be taken equal to the cutter radius or D/2.

Milling Tools

In shop practice the result of calculation according to equation (17) is often increased by 10-20%(clearly, in any case the final value shall not exceed D/2). This working rule provides a sort of safety
factor, making the programmed feed a little bit smaller. The safety factor takes into accountnon-uniform loading of a ball-shaped cutting edge during ramping.
Example12 mm diameter ball nose endmill cutter HCM D12-D-L160-C16 with insert HBF D120-QF
IC908 is applied to finishing an inclined bottom surface of a plastic mold part made fromAISI P20 mold steel hardened to HRC 50-52. The operation is ramp up milling with a ramping
angle of 5° and machining allowance of 0.2 mm. The cutter works with reasonably highoverhang.
Find cutting data if the required tool life period is 20 minutes:
Effective diameter in accordance with Table 69, case b):
De=(12-2×0.2)×sin5°+2×√(12×0.2-0.2²) ×cos5°=4.1 (mm).
Axial depth of cut (equation 17) ap=12/2+[(0.2-12/2) ×cos5°+√(12×0.2-0.2²) ×sin5°]=0.36 (mm).
Maximal cutting edge angle χmax = arccos (1-(2×0.2/12))= 14.8°.
Chip thinning factor KTH = 1/sin χmax=1/sin14.8°= 3.9.
The high tool overhang requires defining stability as poor and using stability factor Ks=0.7.
The machined material relates to material group No.38.2, hence:• Basic feed fzo=0.06 mm/tooth (Table 72)• Basic cutting speed Vo=70 m/min (Table 73)
Programmed feed per tooth fz=0.06×3.9×0.7= 0.16 (mm/tooth)Cutting speed for 20 min. tool life Vc=70×0.7×1=49 (m/min)Spindle speed 1000×Vc/(π×De)=1000×49/(π ×4.1)=3804 (rpm)Programmed feed speed VF= 0.16×2×3804=1217 (mm/min)Comparison of the cutting speed with respect to the nominal diameter will be as follows:
π×12×3804/1000=143 (m/min), while the real cutting speed is no better than 49 m/min.

102

DROPMILL: a Family of Indexable Ball Nose Milling Cutters
A DROPMILL cutter carries two indexable inserts of a teardrop shape, ensuring two fully effective
teeth for the cutter (Fig. 49). The insert features two cutting edges and each of them combines around corner with a straight side area tangent to the corner. The area has a relatively large length:60-70% of a spherical radius generated by the corner, which enables machining a straight wall anda shoulder with a round corner. A protrusion from the insert bottom that fits into a matching slot in
the insert pocket, allows the insert to withstand the high forces resulting from considerable loading.

Straight
Area

Ap
QT

R

CS

The main application of the family is for milling 3-D surfaces using various techniques, machining
die and mold cavities by ramping by line or helix (helical interpolation), etc. The DROPMILL cuttersare especially advantageous for semi-finishing the contoured surfaces; allowing for productive
removal of significant machining stock. In addition, they are suitable for drilling operations withrelatively small depth. The cutters are produced as integral tools and also as milling heads formodular tools with FLEXFIT or MULTI-MASTER connections.

Milling Tools

Fig. 49

There are two types of the DROPMILL inserts: the peripherally ground QT and fully sintered
CS with chip splitting grooves. The latter is principally intended for heavy duty rough milling withlarge depths of cut, due to its chip slitting cutting effect that prevents the formation of long chips,
reduces acting cutting forces and improves chip evacuation.

Table 74 Ball Nose Inserts of DROPMILL Family
InsertBCR D…-QT
BCR D…-CS

Rake
Face
sintered

Flank

Chip
Splitter

Main
Application

groundnosemi-finishingsinteredyesroughing

Tool Ø ,mm
12

16

20

25

30

32

40

50

103
Die and Mold

Similar to the families of the one-insert ball nose cutters, the DROPMILL inserts are produced fromthe same carbide grades: IC908, IC928 and IC328.
Table 73 contains data for basic cutting speeds. In milling with the DROPMILL cutters, a width of
cut usually does not exceed 30% of the cutter diameter in rough operations and it is considerably
less in semi-finish to finish passes. Therefore, in case of heavy-duty applications with a sizable
width of cut or milling a full slot with a depth of cut more than a quarter of the diameter for the
QT-type inserts and more than the third part of the diameter for the CS-type inserts, the tablevalues should be reduced by 10-20%.

Table 75 DROPMILL Ball Nose Milling Cutters: Basic Feed fzo, mm/tooth
ISO Class
DIN/ISO 513

Milling Tools

P

M
K
H

fzo, for D, mm

Material
Group*

12

16

20

25

30/32

40

50

1-4

0.11

0.13

0.15

0.17

0.18

0.21

0.25

5

0.11

0.12

0.14

0.16

0.17

0.18

0.21

6, 7

0.1

0.11

0.13

0.15

0.16

0.17

0.19

8, 9

0.1

0.11

0.13

0.14

0.15

0.16

0.18

10

0.09

0.1

0.12

0.13

0.14

0.15

0.17

11

0.08

0.09

0.1

0.11

0.12

0.13

0.15

12, 13

0.09

0.1

0.12

0.13

0.14

0.15

0.17

15-16

0.11

0.13

0.15

0.17

0.18

0.21

0.25

17-18

0.11

0.12

0.14

0.16

0.17

0.18

0.2

38.1

0.07

0.08

0.09

0.1

0.11

0.12

0.13

38.2

0.05

0.06

0.07

0.08

0.09

0.09

0.1

39

0.04

0.04

0.05

0.06

0.07

0.07

0.08

* ISCAR material group in accordance with VDI 3323 standard

Chip splitting drop
Milling slots or grooves (especially the deep ones by step passes), milling shoulders with large
allowance, rough milling cavities and pockets with high stock removal rate – all these operations
performed by the DROPMILL cutters feature heavy tool loading and chip re-cutting.
For such operations, using the CS-type inserts is the preferred way. The CS-type geometry should
be considered as a first choice in any case when it comes to heavy-duty milling and problems
with chip evacuation.
Basic feed per tooth is shown in Table 75. For milling a full slot with a depth of cut more than aquarter of the diameter for the QT-type inserts and more than the third part of the diameter for the
CS-type inserts and for heavy-duty shoulder milling, the specified values should be reduced
by 20-30%.
ExampleA slot with a rounded bottom of 50 mm width and 43 mm depth is planned to be machined by ballnose endmill cutter BCM D50-A-W50-C with inserts BCR D500-CS IC908. The workpiece material
is alloy steel AISI/SAE 6150, HB 250…260. The technological system has sufficient stiffness.
A process planner decided to mill the slot by three step passes: the first – with 25 mm depth ofcut, the second – with 10 mm, and the third – with 8 mm depth of cut. Find cutting data:
The cutter radius is 25 mm. Hence, the effective diameter on the first pass will already be 50 mm;
and chip thinning factor KTH = 1.

104

The machined material relates to material group No.8, therefore:• Basic feed fzo=0.18 mm/tooth (Table 75)• Basic cutting speed Vo=180 m/min (Table 73)
Taking into account the above remarks regarding milling a full slot we should reduce thesevalues by 10-20% for the speed and by 20-30% for the feed. It means that on average theprogrammed feed per tooth will be 0.18×0.75=0.13 (mm/tooth); the cutting speed for 60 min.
tool life - 180×0.85×0.8=122 (m/min).
Spindle speed 1000×Vc/(π×De)=1000×122/(π ×50)=776 (rpm) ≈ 770 rpm
Programmed feed speed VF= 0.13×2×776=202 (mm/min) ≈ 200 mm/min

Solid Carbide Ball Nose Endmill Cutters
SOLIDMILL, the ISCAR line of solid carbide endmills, contains ball nose cutters varying in cutting
geometry and number of flutes. The cutters are produced from various carbide grades (Table 10)
in short, medium, long and extra long length versions (Fig. 50), with straight or tapered neck andintended for all types of the die and mold materials. Generally, the range of cutting diameters forthe solid carbide ball nose endmill tools is 1 …25 mm (0.4…2 mm for miniature cutters); and thehelix angle is 30°. The diameter has accuracy tolerance e8 (h10 for the economical SOLIDECO
family, Table 76).

Fig. 50
Short

Ov

Mediumerh

Long

Extra Long

Milling Tools

RemarkWe took the average factor for reducing the speed and feed. A more correct
approach demands less decrease for the first pass and greater reduction for the third, the lastone because the chip evacuation becomes problematic. Let say, 135 m/min with 0.14 mm/tooth
for the first pass and 115 m/min with 0.12 mm/tooth for the third pass.

an

g

105
Die and Mold

Milling Tools

Obviously, an integral solid cutter provides a more accurate machining solution relative to anindexable mill. Therefore, the main application of the solid carbide ball nose cutters relates tofinish and semi-finish milling of the 3-D surfaces; and they primarily operate under small machining
allowance or stock (Fig. 45), but the cutters are used successfully in roughing applications too.
In machining with low allowances, even a rough stock is small enough; and the borders between
different types of machining are not so clear. Table 77 can help in estimation of the type ofmachining for main die and mold materials and corresponding machining allowance.

Two or four?
Classically the ISCAR solid carbide ball nose milling cutters have 2 or 4 flutes, that is - 2 or 4 cutting
teeth. How to choose the number of flutes for a tool?
The all-purpose 4 flute ball nose cutters give a universal robust and productive solution for various
applications, especially for semi-finish and finish milling. Oppositely, the 2 flute cutters with greater
chip gullet are more suitable for rough milling, ensuring better chip evacuation. In addition, using the
2 flute cutters is a workable method for fine finishing due to less accumulated error, which depends
on the number of teeth.
Concerning the 4 flute cutters, traditionally only two teeth produce the central cutting area near thecutter tip and not four. Then in finish milling with shallow depth of cut, calculation of the feed per
tooth should take into consideration only two effective teeth; and the advantages of a multi-flute
cutter are diminished. The 2 flute tool is a more preferable means for such a case. Also, it prevents
cutting action by a “conversion zone” between 2 and 4 teeth, specific for the 4 flute tools that ismarked by intensive wear of the non-central teeth and accuracy errors.

Table 76 Solid Carbide Ball Nose Milling Cutters
Cutting
Edge

CutterZ*

Spherical Cylindr.
EBRF

180°

yes

3; 4

Diam.
Range,
mm

ECO
Line

6…20

no

EB

180°

yes

2; 3; 4 0.4…25

yes

ESB

~220°

no

2; 4

no

3…16

CarbideGradesMain Milling
Application

Workpiece
Hardness

Standard

ECO

IC903

–

roughing

up to HRC 55

IC903

–

hard materials

up to HRC 65**

general-duty

up to HRC 45

hard materials

up to HRC 65

IC900; IC300; IC08 IC900; IC08
IC903

–

* Number of flutes** A subgroup of 2 flute EB …A…cutters is intended for materials with HRC 55…70

Table 77 Solid Carbide Ball Nose Cutters and MULTI-MASTER MM EB… Ball Nose
Heads: Type of Machining and Approximate Machining Allowance
ISO Class
DIN/ISO 513

ISCARMat. Group*

M
K

Semi-finishing

Finishing

HB<2500.12×D**

0.07×D

0.02×DHB 250…300

0.1×D

0.05×D

0.015×D

0.1×D

0.05×D

0.01×D

9-11

pre-hardenedsteel

HRC 30-37
HRC 38-44

0.08×D

0.04×D

0.01×D12, 13martensitic s.s.

HB<2500.1×D

0.05×D

0.01×D

15-18

cast iron

3, 7
5, 8, 9, 11

38.1

H

Type of machining
Roughing

1, 2, 4, 6, 10PMachined material

38.2
39

soft steel

hardenedsteel

HB< 300

0.15×D

0.08×D

0.03×D

HRC 45-49

0.08×D

0.04×D

0.01×D

HRC 50-55

0.06×D

0.04×D

0.01×D

HRC 56-63

0.05×D

0.03×D

0.01×D* ISCAR material group in accordance with VDI 3323 standard** D - the diameter of a ball nose cutter (head)

Basic cutting speeds and feeds can be defined from Tables 78 and 79. As already stated, the only
carbide grade should be chosen from Table 10.

106

Table 78 Solid Carbide Ball Nose Cutters and MULTI-MASTER
Ball Nose Heads: Basic Cutting Speed Vo*

P

M
K
H

Vo, m/min, for Type of Machining

ISCAR
Mat. Group**

Roughing

Semi-finishing

Finishing

1

180

220

280

2-4

150

170

200

5

125

140

170

6

130

150

190

7-9

120

135

170

10

115

130

165

11

100

110

120

12, 13

110

110

150

15-16

160

180

220

17-18

150

170

200

38.1

70

80

100

38.2

40

50

39

30

40

* Carbide grade selector for solid cutters – refer to Table 10** ISCAR material group in accordance with VDI 3323 standard

ExampleIt is suggested to mill a master hob, which is made from AISI A6 tool steel hardened to HRC 55, on a
vertical machine center, using a 12 mm diameter solid carbide ball nose cutter
EB-A2 12-12/24C12H110 903. The hob walls are inclined 3°.
Machining stock to be removed during this milling operation is 0.1…0.15 mm on side.
The machine is in a good condition; the hob is properly clamped into a fixture on the machine table.
Find starting cutting data.
According to Table 69, case b) effective diameter De:
De=(12-2×0.15)×sin3°+2×√(12×0.15-0.15²) ×cos3°=3.3 (mm)Axial depth of cut ap can be readily calculated (Fig. 47) as:
ap=D/2-0.5×√(D²-De²)=12/2-0.5××√(12²-3.3²)=0.23 (mm)From Table 70 chip thinning factor KTH≈3.5.

Milling Tools

ISO Class
DIN/ISO 513

Consequently, for material group No. 38.2, to which relates the machined steel, the basic cutting
speed is 50 m/min (Table 78); the basic feed per tooth is 0.011 mm/tooth (0.013×0.85 – refer toTable 79 and remarks to it).
Programmed feed per tooth fz=0.011×3.5×1= 0.038 (mm/tooth).
Cutting speed for 20 min. tool life Vc=Vo=50 m/min.
Spindle speed 1000×Vo/(π×De)=1000×50/(π ×3.3)=4822 (rpm).
Programmed feed speed VF= 0.038×2×4822=366 (mm/min).
It is interesting that the cutting speed calculated relative to the nominal diameter of the cutter (12 mm)
will be: VcD =π×12×4822/1000=182 (m/min)

ReminderAlways check how a report, technical paper or guide specifiies a cutting speed, with respect toeffective or nominal diameter (Fig. 51)!

107
Die and Mold

Fig. 51

D

ap

Milling Toolsa

Table 79 Solid Carbide Ball Nose Cutters and MULTI-MASTER MM EB…
Ball Nose Heads: Basic Feed fzo*
ISO Class
DIN/ISO 513

ISCAR
Mat.
Group**
1-4
5

P

M
K
H

fzo, mm/tooth, for D***
1

2

3

4

5

0.008

0.02

0.03

0.04

0.05

6

8

0.055 0.062

10

12

16

20

0.07

0.08

0.09

0.11

0.13

0.06

0.068 0.075 0.085

0.11

0.007 0.018 0.025 0.032 0.038 0.043

0.05

6, 7

0.007 0.018

0.02

0.028 0.035

0.048 0.057 0.062 0.072 0.082

8, 9

0.007 0.015

0.02

0.025 0.032 0.035 0.038 0.045

0.04

0.05

0.06

0.07

0.032 0.038 0.042

0.05

0.09
0.08

10

0.007 0.013 0.015 0.022 0.027

0.03

0.06

0.07

11

0.006 0.009

0.025 0.028 0.035 0.038 0.045 0.055

0.06

0.03

0.07

0.01

0.015

0.02

12, 130.007 0.013 0.015 0.022 0.027

15-16

0.008 0.021 0.031 0.042 0.052 0.058 0.065 0.073 0.085 0.095 0.117 0.137

0.032 0.038 0.042

0.05

17-18

0.007 0.021 0.031 0.042 0.052 0.058 0.065 0.073 0.085 0.095 0.117 0.137

0.06

38.1

0.006 0.007 0.008 0.012 0.017 0.021 0.025 0.027

0.03

0.035

0.04

0.05

38.2

0.005 0.005 0.006 0.007 0.007 0.008 0.009

0.013 0.015

0.02

0.025

39

0.004 0.004 0.005 0.005 0.006 0.007 0.007 0.008 0.009 0.009

0.01

0.013

0.01

*		The table reflects rough to semi-finish milling operations
		For semi-finish to finish applications, the table values need to be reduced by 10-20%
		Carbide grade selector for solid cutters – refer to Table 10**		ISCAR material group in accordance with VDI 3323 standard*** D - the diameter of a cutter (head), mm
		For cutters with the diameter less than 1 mm, refer to corresponding ISCAR user guides and catalogs

108

25

MULTI-MASTER: Interchangeable Ball Nose Milling Heads
The MULTI-MASTER family offers a rich choice of ball nose milling heads with various dimensions,shapes and accuracy. The heads combined with shanks, extensions and reducers allow for assemblyof numerous ball nose endmill cutters that meet the requirements of the die and mold maker.
Similar to the MULTI-MASTER head shapes (square, toroidal, etc.), there are two main types of theball nose heads: multi-flute MM EB… heads and two flute “economy” MM H… heads (Table 80).
The cutting geometry of MM EB… heads is not different from the solid carbide ball nose cutters;
however the heads usually have smaller cutting lengths. The approach to finding cutting data for MM
EB… heads is the same as the method for the solid cutters.

Table 80 Ball Nose Heads of MULTI-MASTER Family
Type

Cutting Edge
Spherical Cylindr.

MM HCR
MM HRFMM HBR
MM EB

economy(pressed
to size)ground

180°

yes

~240°

no

180°

yes

Rake
Face

Flank

Z*

sinteredØ Carbidetol. Gradeh9

ground2

Head Ø, mm
6

8 10 12 16 20

Main Milling
Application

IC908

rough to finish

h7

IC903

h7

IC908

finish + milling
hard steel

ground 2; 4 e8

IC908

rough to finish

ground* Number of flutes

MM H… ball nose heads are called “economy”, but not due to lesser accuracy. On the contrary, highprecision MM HBR… and MM HRF… heads have very closed diameter tolerances (h7). The heads, asother pressed and sintered “to shape and size” heads of this type, require minimum grinding operation
during their manufacturing. Such technology allows for unique features: the combination of negative
rake angles near the head tip with positive rake angles along the most part of the spheric cutting edgein MM HCR… heads, increased area of the spheric edge in bulb-type MM HBR… heads and others. A
tooth of the head is extremely strong and successfully stands up against considerable loading; which isimportant for rough profiling and milling hardened steel. However, the helix angle of the heads is muchless when compared with the solid carbide ball nose cutters and MM EB… heads.
The MULTI-MASTER ball nose heads are made from carbide grade IC908, except for the heads MM
HRF… intended for precise finishing hardened steel, for which carbide grade IC903 is used.

Milling Tools

Head

Concerning cutting data, Table 81 shows average machining allowance for different types of milling withthe use of MULTI-MASTER ball nose tools carrying MM H… heads. The basic cutting speed can befound from Table 78 and the basic feed per tooth – from Table 82.

ExampleWithin a planned process for manufacturing a die casting die, a ball nose cutter, which comprises
shank MM S-B-L125-C16-T06 assembled with ball nose head MM HCR100-2T06 IC908, is the subjectof restmilling the corners of a part of the die. The part material is tool steel AISI H11 with hardness
HRC 40…42. The restmilling cycle consists of several passes with machining allowance 0.2 mm max.
Operational stability is good. Cutting data must be found.
Assume that all cutting edges perform cutting and the effective diameter De is equal to the nominal
diameter (10 mm) – the worst case. Then chip thinning factor KTH = 1.
The machined material represents material group No.10.

109
Die and Mold

Table 81 MULTI-MASTER MM H… Ball Nose Heads:
Type of Machining and Approximate Machining Allowance
ISO Class
DIN/ISO 513

ISCARMat. Group*
1, 2, 4, 6, 10P
MKSoft steel

3, 7
5, 8, 9, 11

Roughing

Semi-finishing

Finishing

HB<2500.14×D**

0.08×D

0.02×DHB 250…300

0.12×D

0.06×D

0.015×D

HRC 30-37

0.11×D

0.05×D

0.01×D

HRC 38-44

0.09×D

0.04×D

0.01×D

9-11

Pre-hardened
steel

12, 13

Martensitic s.s.

HB<2500.11×D

0.05×D

0.01×D

15-18

Cast iron

HB< 300

0.17×D

0.08×D

0.03×D

38.1

HType of Machining

Machined Material

Hardenedsteel***

38.2
39

HRC 45-49

0.09×D

0.04×D

0.01×D

HRC 50-55

0.06×D

0.04×D

0.01×D

HRC 56-63

0.05×D

0.03×D

0.01×D

Milling Tools*		ISCAR material group in accordance with VDI 3323 standard**		D - the diameter of a head*** Recommended carbide grade - IC903

Restmilling
As a rule, productive milling passes, especially rough, propose applying more durable and rigid
tools for high metal removal rate. In many cases the form and dimensions of the tool do not allow
for a cut in some areas; for example, the corners of a die cavity (Fig. 52). The remainder of thematerial in the areas is removed by restmilling – a method under a technological process where
a tool of smaller diameter cuts the areas with residual stock. In speaking about restmilling,
this is a finishing operation that is a part of the whole finish milling cycle.
Making use of the solid carbide ball nose cutters and the MULTI-MASTER ball nose heads is theexcellent choice for restmilling tools.
Fig. 52A

Material to be removed
by restmilling (residual stock)

Final shape
r<

D
2

aX
aR

∅D

R≥

D
2

Rough milling cutter
with diameter D
a x - Finising allowanceaR - Rough allowance

110

ATable 81 MULTI-MASTER MM H… Ball Nose Heads: Basic Feed fzo*
ISO class
DIN/ISO 513

P

M
K
H

fzo, mm/tooth, forD***

ISCAR
Mat. Group**

8

10

12

16

20

1-4

0.08

0.09

0.11

0.12

0.13

5

0.07

0.08

0.1

0.11

0.12

6, 7

0.07

0.08

0.09

0.1

0.11

8, 9

0.06

0.07

0.08

0.09

0.1

10

0.06

0.07

0.08

0.09

0.1

11

0.05

0.06

0.07

0.08

0.09

12, 13

0.06

0.07

0.08

0.09

0.1

15-16

0.08

0.09

0.1

0.12

0.13

17-18

0.08

0.09

0.1

0.11

0.12

38.1

0.04

0.05

0.06

0.07

0.08

38.2

0.03

0.037

0.045

0.055

0.065

39

0.02

0.025

0.03

0.035

0.04

Milling Tools*		The table reflects rough to semi-finish milling operations
		For semi-finish to finish applications the table values need to be reduced by 10-20%
		For roughing by a cutter with MM HBR…head, the table values need to be reduced by 10%
		For machining hardened steel - carbide grade IC903 is recommended**		ISCAR material group in accordance with VDI 3323 standard*** D - the diameter of a head

Comparing the machining allowance with the values of Table 81, the operation fits into finish milling.
So the basic cutting speed for 20 min. tool life is 165 m/min (Table 78); the basic feed per tooth is
0.06 mm/tooth (Table 82: table value 0.07 mm/tooth with reducing by 10% in accordancewith the remark).
Spindle speed 1000×Vo/(π×De)=1000×165/(π ×10)=5252 (rpm)Programmed feed speed VF = 0.06×2×5252=630 (mm/min)

111
Die and Mold

3.4. Special Methods: High Speed Machining (HSM)
and Milling of Hardened SteelThe term “High Speed Machining” and the abbreviation “HSM” are well-known in industry, and inparticular, in die and mold making. High speed machining, what is it? Why is HSM so relevant for
up-to-date die and mold manufacturing?

Milling Tools

Even up to now a generally accepted definition of high speed machining does not exist. Obviously,
HSM can mean:• High cutting speed machining• High spindle speed machining• High feed speed machining
HSM is often emphasized that it is “…a high-efficiency method of modern machining with high spindle
and feed speeds…” that allows for various advantages.
It is clear that cutting, spindle and feed speeds are interrelated. More spindle speed = more feed speed,etc. How to define the cutting speed?
In the example of machining steel with hardness HRC 55 to the section “Solid carbide ball nose cutters”
the real cutting speed related to the effective diameter was 50 m/min, and the speed with respect tothe nominal diameter – 182 m/min. More illustrative is a case of milling with 0.1 mm depth of cut by ballnose cutters of different diameters (Table 83). The table shows distinctly that in profile milling withshallow depths of cut, even small cutting speeds can require considerable spindle speed, which in turncauses a cutter to run fast.
Assume that 4 mm diameter ball nose cutter in Table 83 has 2 teeth and it cuts with feed
0.04 mm/tooth. The feed speed will be 815 mm/min, 1222 mm/min and 1630 mm/min for cutting speed
40 m/min, 60 m/min and 80 m/min correspondingly!
Shallow, light cuts combined with high spindle speeds are classical attributes of high speed machining.
HSM, as a metalcutting method, demands very specific cutting techniques and dedicated machine
tools, toolholding devices and of course, cutting tools, that will ensure acceptable tool life. Being
applied to manufacturing process HSM can dramatically cut cycle time.
It is worthy of note that HSM not always a process with high spindle speed; and many HSM operations
do not need high rotational velocity.

History: HSM
In the twenties-thirties Dr.-Ing. Carl Salomon, a German researcher, did a series of experiments formeasuring cutting temperatures against the corresponding cutting speeds during machining ofsome engineering materials. The results, which have been represented graphically, allowed theresearcher to assume that the cutting temperature rises with increasing the cutting speed, until
the speed reaches some specific critical value, and then comes down, in spite of further the speed
growth (Fig. 53). Hence, Salomon concluded, there is an area of cutting speeds much more thanusual for which the cutting temperature is similar to those that are observed in conventional cutting.
By hypothesis the area related to speeds is 5-10 times as much as common values.

112

Fig. 53
Cutting
Temperature

Critical Point

Tcr

Tc

High Speed
Machining

Conventional Cutting

Table 83 Comparative Example: Milling by Ball Nose Cuttersof Different Diameters with 0.1 mm Depth of Cut
D, mm
Vc,
m/min

SØ 20
De= 2.8
rpm

VcD

SØ 10
De= 2
rpm

VcD

SØ 8

SØ 6

De= 1.77
rpm

VcD

SØ 4

De= 1.5
rpm

VcD

SØ 2

De= 1.25rpm

VcD

De= 0.87
rpm

VcD

40

4547

286

6366

200

7193

181

8488

160

10186

128

14635

92

60

6820

429

9549

300

10789

271

12732

240

15279

192

21952

138

80

9094

572

12732

400

14386

362

16976

320

20372

256

29270

184

D - the diameter of a ball nose cutter
De, mm, - the effective diameter for 0.1 mm depth of cut
Vc - the cutting speed with respect to effective diameter Derpm - spindle speed
VcD, m/min, - the cutting speed with respect to diameter of a cutter D

Milling Tools

Cutting
Speed

Vh

Vcr

Today, HSM has penetrated deeply enough mainly into the following processes: machining of aluminumin aerospace or automotive industries and steel in die and mold making. Exactly in the die and moldbranch, HSM advantages led to drastic changes in the entire manufacturing approach.
Traditionally, die and mold making expected a considerable share of cutting operations on soft steel,electro discharge machining (EDM) and finishing on hardened steel; and then manual smooth finish
and polishing. EDM and manual finish and polish are very time-consuming processes. Repeatabilityof manual work is a very low likelihood, which presents additional problems for production. Intensecompetition on the die and mold markets dictates that manufacturers cut cycle time as muchas possible and eliminate manual finish and polish. Success in CNC control, high-speed spindle
technology, drives, bearings and other components of machine tool, balanced high-precision
toolholders and of course, new cutting tool materials and geometries opened to HSM a road to the die
and mold maker. The HSM method was very successful. It changed die and mold making processes,
allowing for starting machining of already hardened workpieces, and left manual finish and polishingout; cutting the cycle time by 40-50%. Therefore HSM high speed machining in die and mold practice,connected first of all with high speed milling of hardened steel and especially by tools with small
nominal diameters.

113
Die and Mold

Hard steel
Hardened steel is at the same time hard-to-machine steel. Not so long ago a workpiece of hardness
HRC 45 was considered to be the limit for metal cutting; and for more hard materials grinding
operations should be applied. Progress in cutting tool technology seriously shook the understandingof the hardness limits. Today “hard steels” often refers to steel hardened to HRC 60 and more.
In the context of such steels HSM is an effective instrument that makes their cutting possible.

Milling Tools

In machining hardened steels - which are difficult-to-cut materials - intensive heat generation andvibration take place. It is a source of poor tool life, reduction of accuracy, loss of stability, etc. thatmakes machining operations unpredictable. Such vagueness is simply unacceptable for die and moldmanufacturing, especially for large-sized die and molds that sometimes need to be cut during several
days’ time. The HSM technique gave the die and mold maker a good tool for overcoming this problem.
Of course, HSM is not only cutting tools but also dedicated machine tools, control systems andtoolholding devices – the combination of all the means together results in real advantages.
Conceptually, HSM of hardened steel is an integrated technological method for which every one of
the involved components: the machine tool, the CNC hardware and software, the toolholder and ofcourse the cutting tool, is a mandatory participant and a critical part of the whole process. It differs
essentially from milling hardened steel under conventional conditions and from HSM of soft steel.
Therefore, defining a more suitable tool and starting cutting data require more deep examination; andwe recommend contacting ISCAR specialists in this field. For initial estimation and a general knowledgeof the matter, Table 84 below contains typical average data referring to the square end solid carbide
and MULTI-MASTER cutters with diameter 4…25 mm.

A rule of thumb
In HSM of hardened steel, starting feed per tooth feed per tooth is often estimated as 0.5-1% of
a cutter diameter. The lower feed values correspond to more hard steel.

Table 84 Average Starting Cutting Data for HSM of Steel Parts
Steel Conditional Group
Material Group*
Hardness, HRC

RoughMilling

Semifinish
MillingFinishMilling

Pre-hardened
11

Hardened
38.1

39.1

39.2

38-44

45-49

50-55

56-60

>60

ae

(0.40-0.70)D(0.40-0.60)D(0.40-0.60)D(0.35-0.55)D(0.30-0.50)Dap(0.07-0.15)D(0.06-0.12)D(0.05-0.08)D(0.04-0.07)D(0.03-0.07)DVc, m/min

120-190

100-17090-15070-10060-80

fz, mm/tooth0.03-0.24

0.03-0.22

0.03-0.2

0.03-0.17

0.02-0.14

ae(0.40-0.70)D(0.40-0.60)D(0.35-0.55)D(0.35-0.45)D(0.30-0.45)Dap(0.05-0.12)D(0.04-0.09)D(0.03-0.07)D(0.03-0.05)D(0.02-0.05)DVc, m/min

140-200

130-180

120-17090-15070-130fz, mm/tooth0.03-0.22

0.03-0.2

0.03-0.17

0.03-0.14

0.02-0.12

ae(0.40-0.70)D(0.40-0.55)D(0.35-0.50)D(0.35-0.45)D(0.30-0.40)Dap(0.04-0.1)D(0.03-0.08)D(0.02-0.06)D

0.1-0.4 mm

0.1-0.3 mm

Vc, m/min

150-230

180-220170-190130-200

110-160fz, mm/tooth0.03-0.2

0.03-0.18

0.02-0.15

0.02-0.13

0.015-0.11* ISCAR material group in accordance with VDI 3323 standard
D - cutter diameterae - width of cut (stepover)
ap - depth of cut (stepdown)
Vc - cutting speed with respect to effective diameter De

114

38.2

Example
In a die and mold shop a technologist plans to change the process of manufacturing a cavity plateby introducing HSM in the final machining steps. The technologist checks a proposed process bytest milling. In accordance with the process, the plate, which is made from AISI O1 tool steel, will bemachined in hardened condition (HRC 58…60) by solid carbide endmill EC-A4 060-13C06-50 IC903
on a recently acquired new high speed machining center. Find the starting cutting data fortest milling passes.
We have a good basis to assume that machining conditions are stable. Taking into account that
Table 84 relates mostly to typical data for cutters within diameter range 4…25 mm and the mill diameteris 6 mm, we can extract from the table the following starting data referring to finish milling for ISCAR
material group No. 39.1:
Width of cut = 0.4×6=2.4 mm
Depth of cut = 0.15 mm
Cutting speed = 130 m/min
Feed = 0.03 mm/tooth
Spindle speed = 1000×130/(π×6)=6896 (rpm)≈7000 rpm
Feed speed = 0.03×4×7000=840 (mm/min)RemarkThe spindle speed lays within boundaries of “conventional” values. However, do not forget that theabove case refers to machining tool steel with high hardness, for which “normal” cutting speed(and correspondingly, spindle speed) is twice as little!

Keep in mind
Various research shows that for HSM with the use of a ball nose cutter, the best surface finish canbe reached when the stepover will be equal to the feed per revolution..

Milling Tools

ReminderSome technical papers and advertising leaflets related to HSM and in particular to HSM of hardened
steel, use cutting speed data which is not actual. Please check thorougly which diameters,
effective or nominal these values refer to.

115
Die and Mold

3.5. Special Methods: Sculpturing by Plunge Milling
Plunge milling or simply “plunging”, is a productive rough milling method during which a tool moves
directly downward into a workpiece with feed directed along the tool axis (Fig. 54). It looks like drilling:
the tool plunges into the workpiece. But despite the fact that some plunge milling tools (usually calledplungers) are able to produce holes, their main function is to machine straight walls or slots.

Fig. 54

Milling Tools

StepoverLifting out
Plunging in

In plunging, the tool classically plunges in, lifts out, moves stepwise linearly and then continues thiscycle again. It is clear that this machining technique produces a serrated surface with cusps that canbe reduced by decreasing a linear stepover; but nevertheless the surface usually requires additional
milling for better finish.
Plunging had spurted into popularity among die and mold makers due to one important feature: themain advantage of plunging is the ability to machine at high overhang with minimal bending forces.
When high overhang is applied on a conventional milling cutter, which removes material layer-by-layer inpasses, the cutter and its adapter quite often can not withstand the great bending moments becauseof the considerable radial component of cutting forces. Furthermore, the spindle of a machine tool
takes up the most part of the radial forces. The result is vibration, noise and the cutter deviation, whichcauses inaccurate machining and damage of the tool, the adapter and the machine tool. Vibration andnoise automatically lead to reducing cutting data and decreasing productivity.
In plunging, the main component of the cutting force acts axially – exactly in the direction of the highest
rigidity of a machine tool – allowing productive milling and excellent straightness of machined surfaces.
In addition to plunging ability, the main intended purpose of the plunge milling cutters (also calledplunge-in cutters or plungers), is often to perform face milling with limited depth of cut for obtaining aflat surface at bottoms and HFM at high overhang, boring operation, etc.
ISCAR offers a great variety of the plunge milling cutters. Table 85 shows general characteristics of themore popular representatives.

Plunge-in cutting options
Plunge-in capacity is not a feature incidental to plungers. Some other milling cutters (for example,
MULTI-MASTER tools with toroidal heads MM HT…) can also perform this milling technique.
However, their use as plunging tools has some limitations and should be considered as only optional.

116

Table 85 Main ISCAR Plunge Milling Cutters
FamilyTANGPLUNGEHELITANGPLUNGER

Dia.
Designation Range
mm

InsertClamping

HTP …LN10 25…52

Tangential

HTP …LN16 50…100 Tangential
FTP …LN10 50…63

Tangential

PH …-13

40…63

Tangential

PLX …-12

32…80

RadialConfiguration
Endmill ShellMill FLEXFIT*

Main
FeaturesOptionsFace
HFM Ramping
Milling

Side
Plunger
Center Cutting
Side Plunger* Heads with FLEXFIT or adaptation

However, for better understanding of the subject, the explanations and tables below specify initial
cutting data for the most popular side plungers of the HTP …LN-type from the TANGPLUNGE family.

Plunging sculptor
Axial movements of a plunging cutter bring to mind a working stone chisel in stone sculpturing(especially on its early, rough stages), which also plunges into material in a series and removes it.
That plunge milling is sometimes called “sculpturing” and a 3-D shape obtained by plunging iscalled the “sculptured surface” (Fig. 55, but be careful – in general every 3-D shape also can becalled “sculptured”).
Fig. 55

Milling Tools

Plunge milling is an effective and economical method for machining deep cavities, walls, slots andshapes. At the same time, correct machining strategy and CNC programming for plunging have uniquefeatures. Therefore we strongly advise studying corresponding guides or technical papers and/or tocontact an ISCAR milling specialist in order to plan your process properly.

117
Die and Mold

Starting cutting speed Vc and feed per tooth fz can be found from the following equations (17) and (18):

Vc = Vo x KH x Kt
fz = fzo x KH
Where: Vo – basic cutting speed for 20 min. tool life
KH – overhang coefficient			
Kt – tool life factor 				fzo – basic starting feed				

(17)
(18)

(Table 88)(Table 86)(Table 8)(Table 89)

Table 86 Overhang Coefficient KH for the TANGPLUNGE Cutters

Milling Tools

as the Function of Ratio of Overhang H to Cutter Diameter D
H/D

to 4

over 4 to 6

over 6 to 8

over 8 to 10

KH

1

0.9

0.8

0.7

Table 87 TANGPLUNGE HTP…LN Plungers:
Maximal Stepover L1max and Width of Plunge ae for Cutter Diameter D* (Fig. 56)
D, mm
ae,
mm

HTP… 06

HTP…10

16

20

25

25

32

35

40

7.7

8.7

9.8

9.8

11.1

11.7

12.5

42

HTP…16
50

52

50

52

63

66

80

100

14.3

14

14.3

15.7

16.1

17.8

19.9

L1max, mm
1

12.8

14

2

10.5

12

13.5

13.5

15.4

16.2

17.4

17.8

19.5

20

19.5

20

22

22.6

24.9

28

3

12.4

14.2

16.2

16.2

18.7

19.6

21

21.6

23.8

24.3

23.8

24.3

26.8

27.5

30.4

34.1

4

13.8

16

18.3

18.3

21.2

22.3

24

24.6

27.1

27.7

27.1

27.7

30.7

31.4

34.8

39.1

4.5

14.3

16.7

19.2

19.2

22.2

23.4

25.2

25.9

28.6

29.2

28.6

29.2

32.4

33.2

36.8

41.4

17.3

20

20

23.3

24.5

26.5

27.2

30

30.7

30

30.7

34

34.9

38.7

43.6

5
6

21.3

25

26.4

28.6

29.4

32.5

33.2

32.5

33.2

37

37.9

42.1

47.5

7

22.4

26.4

28

30.3

31.3

34.7

35.5

34.7

35.5

39.6

40.6

45.2

51

7.5

22.9

27.1

28.7

31.2

32.2

35.7

36.5

35.7

36.5

40.8

41.8

46.6

52.6

27.7

29.4

32

33

36.7

37.5

36.6

37.5

41.9

43

48

54.3

9

38.5

39.3

43.1

45.3

50.5

57.2

10

40

41

46

47.3

52.9

60

8

11

41.4

42.5

47.8

49.2

55.1

62.6

12

42.7

43.8

49.5

50.9

57.1

65

13

43.8

45

14

51

52.5

59

67.3

52.4

53.9

60.8

69.4

* The relationship between L1max and ae is given by the following formula: L1max = 2×√D× ae -ae²

Fig. 56

∆ae

L1

118

Table 88 TANGPLUNGE HTP …LN Plungers: Basic Cutting Speed Vo, m/min*
ISO Class
ISCAR
DIN/ISO 513 Mat. Group**

P

M
K
H

IC808

IC810

IC830

IC928

IC330

IC328

1

190

175

165

155

150

145

2-4

175

155

150

140

135

135

5

155

145

140

135

130

130

6, 7

150

140

135

130

125

120

8, 9

150

140

135

130

125

120

10

140

140

135

130

125

120

125

11

130

12, 13

145

15-16

210

17-18

175

38.1

105

125

120

115

110

135

130

125

120

230

210

200

180

170

165

95

90

For 20 min. tool life
ISCAR material group in accordance with VDI 3323 standard- More suitable grade

Plunge in chips
In plunge milling pockets and cavities, especially those with considerable depth, chip evacuation ishighly important. Horizontal machines have good conditions for removing chips, however thesituation with vertical machines is worse. For the latter it is very important to use the machining
strategy with a tool route that ensures collecting the chips away from the tool cutting movement(at the bottom of a cavity, for example) in order to prevent compressing and re-cutting the chips,
which can cause serious problems and thus significantly reduce tool life.

Table 89 TANGPLUNGE HTP …LN Plungers: Basic Starting Feed fzo, mm/tooth
ISO
Class
DIN/ISO 513

P

M
K
H

fzo for Grades

ISCAR
Material
Group*

IC808

IC810

IC830
IC928

IC330
IC328

1

0.12

0.13

0.14

0.15

2-4

0.11

0.11

0.12

0.13

5

0.1

0.11

0.12

0.12

6, 7

0.1

0.11

0.12

0.12

8, 9

0.09

0.1

0.11

0.12

10

0.08

0.09

0.1

0.11

0.09

11

0.08

12, 13

0.08

0.1

0.1

0.1

0.1

15-16

0.13

0.15

0.16

17-18

0.11

0.12

0.13

38.1

0.07

Milling Tools***

Vo for Grades

0.08* ISCAR material group in accordance with VDI 3323 standard

Please note
Plunging can be a good solution for unstable and low-power milling machine tools.

119
Die and Mold

There two kinds of inserts intended for the HTP plungers: general-duty HTP LNHT…ER and HTP
LNHT…ETR – that are recommended for machining hardened and hard-to-cut steel and for heavy
cutting conditions.
ExampleSide plunging by shell milling cutter HTP D040-4-16-R-LN10 with inserts HTP LNHT 1006 ER IC830
is proposed for machining a die cavity on a new machine tool. The cavity material is pre-hardened
steel AISI P20, HRC 30…35. For necessary plunging depth 100 mm the cutter will be mounted in shellendmill holder DIN69871 40 SEMC 16X100; and this tool assembly will have an overhang of 140 mm.
The width of plunge and the stepover are 5 mm and 20 mm, respectively.
Estimate starting cutting data for 60 min. tool life.

Milling Tools

The material in the mentioned conditions represents ISCAR material group No.9.
Basic cutting speed Vo = 135 m/min (Table 88).
Basic starting feed fzo = 0.11 mm/tooth (Table 89).
Overhang/cutter diameter = 140/40 < 4, then overhang coefficient KH = 1 (Table 86).
Therefore:
Starting speed for estimated tool life 60 min. (Kt=0.8, Table 8) Vc = 135×1×0.8=108 (m/min) (may be
accepted as 110 m/min)Starting feed = 0.11×1=0.11 (mm/tooth)
Spindle speed = 1000×108/(π×40)≈860 (rpm)Feed speed fz= 0.11×4×860≈378 (mm/min)

ITA – Your helper for finding the most efficient cutting tool
ITA, Iscar Tool Advisor, is a parametric search engine that takes computer-aided tool and process
selection to an entirely new level. It “thinks” like a process engineer and allows finding the right tool
resting on a huge knowledge base of best practice worldwide.
Three key features separate ITA from the other available tooling search engines:• Quick Search/Advanced Search Option – With just three application facts, the Quick Search
provides the best starting ideas and processing strategies, with priority by productivity.
The Advanced Search Option takes more comprehensive application input, helps the user narrow
choices down and delivers a fully developed optimum solution.
• Accommodates Shop Preferences and Variables – The user can stipulate such preferences as solid
vs. indexable tooling, tool brand/family as well as productivity/tool cost and power
management priorities. Variables include machine power and condition, type of cut, available
spindle speed, part shape/rigidity, setup stability, overhang, secondary operations and many more.
The Variables feature makes ITA valuable for job shops as well as dedicated applications.
ISCAR recognizes that most shops want to be able to use a tool for more than one job.
• Processing Solutions, Not Just Tooling Solutions – With Advanced Search, the user can get
recommended machining parameters for a given shop environment, as well as a short list oftooling solutions.
Visit www.iscar.com/ITA and see the ITA’s true value!

120Hole Making Tools
When speaking about cutting tools for die and mold making, we first of all mean milling tools. Indeed,
the milling tools are so specific for die and mold manufacturing and most machining operations during
this process relate to milling. However, it is hard to imagine die and mold production without holemaking. Hence, we consider it necessary to add a short profile of some popular ISCAR tools
for hole making.

One of the most effective products for short-to-medium depth of drilling is SUMOCHAM – a relatively
new family of drills with interchangeable carbide heads (Fig. 57). The heads are available in four cutting
geometries intended for main types of engineering materials. Being clamped into steel shanks ofdifferent lengths produces efficient tools for drilling holes of various depths: from one and a half to eighthole diameters. The unique clamping mechanism allows for machining with exceptionally high cutting
parameters. The shanks are designed with twisted nozzles for coolant and exhibit durable and stably
constructed bodies with excellent chip evacuation properties.
SUMODRILL is a family of relatively large diameter drills (more than 60 mm). It features a drill body thatcarries cartridges with square indexable inserts. Each drill is supplied with a set of a shim plates foradjusting the drill’s diameter within a corresponding range if it will be necessary (Fig. 58).
CHAMGUN, a family of deep hole drills with replaceable heads (Fig. 59), is intended for productive
high-precision machining with good surface quality. A single drill body can carry different types of drill
head profiles designed for various workpiece materials. There is no need to remove the drill for headreplacement – it can be done inside the machine.
In comparison with conventional reaming methods, BAYO T-REAM, a family of high speed reamers
with interchangeable carbide heads, allows for considerable increase of productivity. The reamers
with their unique quick-change bayonet mechanism for securing the heads are suitable for reaming
applications of H7 hole tolerance range. Internal coolant channels provide coolant supply directly to
cutting edges.
Table 90 contains general data regarding the most often used drilling families

Fig. 57

Hole Making Tools

ISCAR’s broad hole making line includes a rich variety of drills, reamers, counterbores and countersinksof various kinds: solid, indexable or with interchangeable heads.

121
Die and Mold

Fig. 58

Drill Body

Cartridge Clamping
Screw and Washer
Internal Cartridge
Shim Plate

Hole Making Tools

External Cartridge

Shim Plate Screw
Set of Shim Plates

Fig. 59

Modularity and versatility
One body that carries various heads and one head suitable for different bodies – similar to themilling cutters – such a principle is successfully applied to the hole making line. Versatile robust
drills and reamers with interchangeable cutting heads designed in accordance with this principle,
such as SUMOCHAM, CHAMGUN and BAYO T-REAM, give the die and mold maker effective tools
with no setup time for increasing productivity and profitability in die and mold manufacturing.

Table 90 Selected ISCAR Drilling Families
FamilySOLIDDRILL

Designation

SCD…

Type

0.8…20

5×D*

Solid

3…10

8×D

5…10

20×D

DCN…

With interchangeable heads

3…20

5×D

6…25.912×D

Remarks

two-flute
three-flute

DR…

With indexable inserts

12…60

5×D

ISCAR DR-DH

DR-DH…

With indexable inserts

25.4…69.5

5×D and up

SUMODRILL

DR…CA-N With indexable inserts in cartridges

61…80~2.5×D

adjustable

CHAMGUN

STGT…

10…16

deep hole drillingsemi-standard

DR-TWIST* D - drill nominal diameter

122

Max. DrillingDepthcarbideSCCD…

SUMOCHAM

Diam. Range,mmWith interchangeable heads

semi-standard

In Summation
We hope that ISCAR’s reference guide will provide you with brief but necessary information, that will
help you to select the most suitable cutting tool and define relevant initial cutting data.
We consider the guide to be a practical supplement to our catalogs and technical papers, and will bepleased if you will find it useful for solving real tooling problems.
The scope of the guide has allowed us only to touch upon some themes related to the cutting tools
used for die and mold making. Therefore we are waiting for your response. Do you find the guide to be
useful? What do you want to add? Delete? What is you own experience with ISCAR tools in die andmold manufacturing?
We are waiting for your comments in order to improve the guide and change it in cooperation with you,in order to become more effective.

3P (3): Productivity, performance, and profitability
Triple P not only emphasizes the newest products, but reflects 3 main principles, “3 pillars” of
ISCAR’s philosophy regarding the aim of cutting tools for the customer. By advanced tools to higher
productivity for improving the work performance and to increase profitability – this is the real way for
fruitful collaboration and partnership between ISCAR and the customer.

123
Die and Mold

Values for Motor Power Pm

Technical Information

Motor Power Pm has a value of approximately 7 to 12% Maximum Machine Power

124

Max. Machine Power (kW)

Motor Power Pm (kW)

5.5
7.5
11.0
15.0
18.0
22.0

0.4
0.4-0.6
1.0
1.5
2.2
2.5

P = Pc + Pm
P - Total Machining PowerPc - Net Power=Cutting PowerPm - Motor Power (while not cutting)

N
fz

κ

N

ap

b

Vf

hm
Vf

fz

D

Calculations
Cutting speed

Vc =π*D*N [m/min]
1000minSpindle speedN=

Vc*1000 [rev/min]
π*D

Feed speed

Vf = fz*Z*N [mm/min]Feed per toothfz = Vf [mm/tooth]
N*Z

Feed per revolution

fN = fz*Z [mm/rev]

Metal removal rate

Q = ap*b*Vf
1000

Machining timeTh =Specific cutting force

Kc = Kc1*hm-mc

Average chip thickness in shoulder
milling for b/D≤0.1

hm ≈fz*Average chip thickness in shoulder
milling for b/D>0.1

hm =Machining powerP=[cm3/min]

Lw
[min]
Vf

√bD [mm]( sink*180*b*f Z )[mm]
π*D*arcsin ( b/D)

( ap*b*Vf*kc )[kW]
6*107*hVc[m/min]
D
[mm]
N
[RPM]
Vf
[mm/min]fz[mm/tooth]
Z		
			
fN
[mm/rev]
Q[cm3/min]
ap
[mm]
b
[mm]
Th
[min]
Lw
[mm]
Kc
[N/mm2]
Kc1(1)[N/mm2]
			
Hm
[mm]
mc		
k
[degrees]
P
[kW]
h		

Cutting speed		Tool diameter
Spindle speed
Feed speed
Feed per tooth
Number of
cutting edges
Feed per revolution
Metal removal rate
Depth of cut
Width of cut
Machining time
Machining length
Specific cutting force
Specific cutting force
for 1 mm2 chip section
Average chip thickness
Chip thickness factor
Cutting edge angle
Machining power
Machine efficiency

Endmill Shank Styles
Recommended
Min. l Value

Cylindrical

10
16
20
25
32
40

1.5xd
1.5xd
1.5xd
1.5xd
1.5xd
1.5xd

Weldon

12
16
20
25
32
40
50

45
48
50
56
60
70
80

Combined Shank(Clarkson)

16
20
25
32
40

39
—
53
54
75

Morse

CM 2
CM 3
CM 4

64
81
102.5

l

d

l

d

Technical Information

Shank
Diameter (d)

l

d

l

l

Bridgeport

101.6

125
Die and Mold

Face Mills Arbor Hole Styles
E

d1

a

b

16

19

13.5

8.4

5.6

22

20

18

10.4

6.5

27

23

38

12.4

7.0

22

20

31

10.9

6.5

27

25

38

12.4

7.0

32

25

46

14.4

8.0

40

33

56

16.4

9.0

Style A

d
a
E

d

b

Technical Information

d1

126

Style B

d
a
E

b

d1

d

E

d1

d2

d3

a

b

40

33

65

66.7

—

16.4

9.0

60

38

—

—

—

25.7

14.0

60

38

—

101.6

177.8

25.7

14.0

Style C

d
a
b
E

d1

Style DdabE

MATERIAL GROUPS

According to DIN / ISO 513 and VDI 3323
Material
Non-alloy steel
and cast steel,free cutting steelP

Low alloy steel
and cast steel(less than 5% ofalloying elements

Condition[N/mm ]

< 0.25 %C Annealed>= 0.25 %C Annealed< 0.55 %C Quenched and tempered>= 0.55 %C Annealed
Quenched and tempered
Annealed

420
650
850
750
1000
600
930
1000
1200
680
1100
680
820
600

Quenched and tempered

Annealed
Quenched and tempered
Ferritic/martensitic
Stainless steel andMartensitic
cast steel
Austenitic
Ferritic
Grey cast iron (GG)
Pearlitic
Pearlitic/ferritic
Cast ironnodular (GGG)
Pearlitic/martensitic
Ferritic
Malleable cast iron
Pearlitic
AluminumNot cureable
Curedwrought alloy<=12% Si Not cureable
Aluminum-cast,Curedalloyed>12% Si High temperature>1% Pb Free cutting
Copper alloys
Brass
Electrolyitic copper
Duroplastics, fiber plastics
Non-metallic
Hard rubber
Annealed
Fe based
Cured
High temp. alloys
Annealed
Ni or Co
Cured
based
Cast
Titanium andAlpha+beta alloys cured
Ti alloys
Hardened
Hardened steel
Hardened
Chilled cast iron
Cast
Cast iron
Hardened
High alloy steel,cast steel, and tool steel

M

K

N

S

H

2

Steel
Nonferrous

Stainless SteelRM 400
RM 1050Kc[N/mm2] mc

Hardness Material
HB

No.

1350
1500
1675
1700
1900
1775
1675
1725
1800
2450
2500
1875
1875
2150
1150
1350
1225
1350
1225
1420
700
800
700
700
750
700
700
700

0.21
0.22
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.23
0.23
0.21
0.21
0.20
0.20
0.28
0.25
0.28
0.25
0.3
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.27
0.27
0.27

125
190
250
220
300
200
275
300
350
200
325
200
240
180
180
260
160
250
130
230
60
100
75
90
130
110
90
100

2600
3100
3300
3300
3300
1700
2110
4600
4700
4600
4500

0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.23
0.22

200
280
250
350
320

55 HRC
60 HRC
400
55 HRC

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41

Technical Information

ISO

TensileStrength

Cast Iron

High Temp. Alloys

Hardened SteelSpecific cutting force for 1 mm2 chip section.
Chip thickness factor.

127
Die and Mold

ISCAR MATERIAL GROUPS

According to VDI 3323 Standard		Material
AISI/SAE
Group

Technical Information

BSEN

A 366 (1012)
0.0030C10040 A 10		
1008			045 M 10						
1449 10 CS
1
1.0028
Ust 34-2 (S250G1T)
1
1.0034
RSt 34-2 (S250G2T)
1449 34/20 HR,
				HS,CR,CS
1
1.0035
St185 (Fe 310-0)
Fe 310-0			St 33
1449 15 HR,HS
1
A 570 Gr. 33,36
1.0036
S235JRG1 (Fe 360 B)
Fe 360 B
			
Ust 37-2
4360-40 B
1
1.0037
S235JR (Fe 360 B)
Fe 360 B
			
St 37-2
4360-40 B
11115
1.0038
GS-CK16
030A04
1A
1
A 570 Gr. 40
1.0044S275JR (Fe 430 B)
Fe 430 B FN			St44-21449 43/25 HR, HS				
4360-43 B
1
1.0045
S355JR
4360-50 B
1
A 570 Gr.50
1.0050E295 (Fe 490-2)
Fe 490-2 FN
A572 Gr.50		
St 50-2
4360-50 B
1
A 572 Gr. 65
1.0060E335 (Fe 590-2)
Fe 60-2
			
St 60-2
4360-55 E; 55 C
1
1.0060St60-2
1
1.0070E360 (Fe 690-2)
Fe 690-2 FN					
St 70-2		
1
1.0112
P235S
1501-164-360B LT20
11.0114
S235JU;St 37-3 U
4360-40C
1
A 284 Gr.D
1.0116
S235J2G3 (Fe 360 D 1) Fe 360 D1 FF		A 573 Gr.58 		
St 37-3
1449 37/23 CR		
A 570 Gr 36;C 			
4360-40 D
A 611 Gr. C		
1
1.0130P265S
1501-164-400B LT 20
11.0143S275J0; St 44-3 U
4360-43C
1
A 573 Gr. 70
1.0144S275J2G3 (Fe 430 D 1) Fe 430 D1 FF		A 611 Gr.D		
St 44-3
4360-43 C; 43 D
11.0149S275JOH; RoSt 44-2
4360-43C
1
1.0226
DX51D; St 02 Z
Z2
1
M 10101.0301C10040 A 10						
045 M 10						
1449 10 CS
1
A 621 (1008)
1.0330DC 011449 4 CR
			St 2; St 121449 3 CS
1
A 619 (1008)
1.0333
Ust 3 (DC03G1)
1449 2 CR;3 CR
			
Ust 13
1
A 621 (1008)
1.0334
UStW 23 (DD12G1)
1

128

Material No. DIN

AFNOR
AF 34 C 10
XC 10
A 34-2
A 34-2 NE
A 33

E 24-2

E 28-2
E 36-2
A 50-2
A 60-2
A 70-2
A37AP
E 24-3E 24-3E 24-4
A 42 AP
E 28-3E 28-3E 28-4GC
AF 34 C 10
XC 10
TC
E
SC

		

UNI

UNE

JIS

		
		

C 10
1 C 10F.1511S 10C
F.151.A						Fe 330,Fe 330 B FU
Fe 330 B FN

GOST
10

SS 330St2sp

1300

Fe 320Fe 310-0

St0

1311
1312
1311
		
1325
1412
		

FE37BFU

16D, 18Kp
St3Kp

Fe 360 B
1449 37/23 HR

AE 235 B		
Fe 360 B		
AE 235 B
STKM 12 A;C
Fe 360 B		

Fe 430 B
Fe 430 B FN

AE 275 B
Fe 430 B FN

St3ps; sp

2172
Fe 510 B
1550
Fe 4902172		
1650
Fe 60-2
		Fe 590		
FE60-21655
Fe 70-2
		Fe 690		
Fe 360 C
		
Fe 360 C
1312
Fe 360 D1 FF
1313
Fe 360 C FN		Fe 360 D FF
		
Fe 37-2
		
1414-01
Fe 430 D
1411, 1412
Fe 430 B, Fe 430 C (FN)1414
Fe 430 D (FF)1412-04
Fe 430 C
1151 10
FeP 02 G		
C 10		
1 C 10SM 400 A;B;C

AE 355 B
a 490-2
SS 490Fe 490-2 FN		
A 590-2
SM 570Fe 590-2 FN		St5ps; sp
St6ps; sp

A 690-2
Fe 690-2 FN
AE 235 C
AE 235 C
AE 235 D 		Fe 360 D1 FF		
SPH 265
AE 275 D
AE 275 D
SM 400 A;B;C
Fe 430 D1 FF		Fe 430 C
FeP 02 G
F.1511S 10C
F.151.A

1142
		
		

FeP 00
FeP 01
FeP 02

AP 11

SPHD

AP 02

SPCD

		

FeP 12

AP 12

SPHE

St3kp; ps; sp
16D

St4kp; ps; sp

Technical Information

SS

10
15 kp

10kp

129
Die and Mold

ISCAR MATERIAL GROUPS

According to VDI 3323 Standard

Technical Information

		Material
AISI/SAE
Group

130

Material No. DIN

BS

EN

1
A 622 (1008)
1.0335
DD13; StW 24
1449 1 HR
1
A 620 (1008)
1.0338DC04
1449 1 CR;2 CR			
St4; St 14
1
A 516 Gr. 65; 55
1.0345P235GH
1501 Gr. 141-360		
A 515 Gr. 65;55		
HI
1501 Gr. 161-360; 151-360
A 414 Gr. C			1501 Gr. 161-400; 154-360
A 442 Gr.55
1501 Gr. 164-360; 161-360
1(M) 1020
1.0402C22055 M 15, 070 M 20 2C/2D
M 1023			
1499 22 HS, CS		
11020
1.0402
C22
050A202C/2D
11020;1023
1.0402C22055 M 15;070 M 20 2C						
1
1.0425
P265GHH ll1501 Gr. 161-400;151-400
				1501 Gr. 164-360; 161-400
				1501 Gr. 164-400;154-400
1
A27 65-35
1.0443GS-45
A1
1
1.0539
S355NH;StE 335
11.0545
S355N; StE 355
4360-50E
11.0546
S355NL;TStE 355
4360-50EE
11.0547
S355JOH
4360-50C
11.0549
S355 NLH;TStE 355
11.0553
S355JO;St 52-3U
4360-50C
1
A 633 Gr.C
1.0562
P355N
1501 Gr.225-490A LT 20
A 588		StE 355								
1
1.0565
P355NH; WStE 355
1501-225-490B LT 20
11.0566
P355NL1; TStE 355
1501-225-490A LT 50
111.0570S355J2G3
Fe 510 D1 FF					
St 52-3
1449 50/35 HR>HS				
4360-50 D
11213
1.07159 SMn 28 (1SMn30)
230 M 0711213
1.07159 SMn 28
230 M 071
12 L 13
1.07189 SMnPb 28						(11SMnPb30)
11108
1.0721
10 S 20(210 M 15)1109					111 L 08
1.072210 SPb 20
1
11 L 08
1.072210 SPb 20
11215
1.0736
9 SMn 36 11SMn37)
1
12 L 141.0737
9 SMnPb 36						(11SMnPb37)
1
1.0972
S315MC; QStE 300 TM 1501-40F30
1
1.0976
S355MC; QStE 360 TM 1501-43F35
11.0982
S460MC; QStE 460 TM 1501-50F45

AFNOR
3C
ES
A 37 CP;AP

AF 42 C 20;
XC 25;1 C 22
CC20
AF 42 C 20;
XC 25;1 C 22
A 42 CP; AP
E 23-45 M
TSE 355-4
E 355 RE 355 FPTSE 355-3
E 36-3
FeE 355 KG N
E 355 R/FP;
A 510 APA 510 APA 510 FPE 36-3
E 36-4S 250
S 250
S 250 Pb
10S20
10F 2
10PbF 2
10 PbF 2
S 300
S 300 Pb
E 315 DE 355 D

SS

UNI

UNE

JIS

GOST

		
1147

FeP 13
FeP 04

AP 13
AP 04

SPHE
SPCE

08kp
08Ju; JuA

1331
FeE235, Fe 360 1 KW;KG
A 37 RC I
1330
Fe 360 2 KW;KG
RA II
				

SGV 410, SGV 450
SGV 48, SPV 450;
SPV 480

1450
		
1450
1450
		
1431
1430
1432
1305
2134-04
2334-01
2135-01
2172-04
2135
		
2106

S20C

20

S22 C
S 20 C;S 22 C

20

SPV 315; SPV 355
SG 295; SGV 410
SGV 450; SGV 480

16K
20K

SM 490 A;B;C; YA;YB

15GF

C 20
1 C 22 F.112
C 21, C 25		C20C21
F.112
C 20;
1 C 22F.112
C 21;C 25
Fe 410 1 KW; KG;
A 42 RC I
KT Fe 410 2 KW; KG
A 42 RC II		
Fe 510 B
FeE 355 KG
FeE 355 KT
Fe 510 C
Fe 510 D
Fe 510 C
FeE 355 KG;KW

Fe 355 KGN
AE 355 KG
AE 355 KT
Fe 510 C
FeE 355 KTM
AEE 355 KG;DD2106
FeE 355-2
2107-01
FeE 355-3
2132, 2133
17GS
AE 355 D
SM 490 A;B;C;YA;YB
2134,
17G1S
Fe 510, D1 FF		
2174
		
1912
CF SMn 28
F.2111 - 11 SMn 28
SUM 221912
CF 9 SMn 28
11 SMn 28
SUM 221914
CF 9 SMnPb 28
F.2112-11 SMnPb 28 SUM 22 L				
SUM 23 L, SUM 24 L		
CF 10 S 20
F. 2121 - 10 S 20
		
		
		
1926
2642

CF 10 SPb 20
CF 10 SPb 20
CF 9 Mn 36
CF 9 SMnPb 36

Technical Information

		

F.2122-10 SPb 20
10 SPb 20
F.2113 - 12 SMn 35
F.2114- 12 SMnPb 35

17GS
17G1S

SUM 25

FeE 355TM

131
Die and Mold

ISCAR MATERIAL GROUPS

According to VDI 3323 Standard

Technical Information

		Material
AISI/SAE
Group

132

Material No. DIN

BS

EN

AFNOR

1
1.0984
S500MC; QStE 500 TM
1
1.0986
S500MC; QStE 500 TM 1501 - 60F55
11010
1.1121CK 10
040 A 10			 (C10E)
11.1121
St 37-1
4360 40 A
11015
1.1141CK 15
040 A 15
32C
			
(C15E)
080 M 15		
11020
1.1151C22E
055 M 15		
1023		
CK 22(070 M 20)1D3
1.2080
X 210 Cr 12
BD 3
1
A36
St 44-2
4360 43 A
1
StE 320-3Z
1 501 160
1
A572-60
1.8900
StE 3804360 55 E
2(M) 1025
1.0406C 25
070 M 262
1.0416
GS-38
2
A 537 CI.1
1.0473
P355GH
19 Mn 6		A 414 Gr. G
A 612		210351.0501C35
080 A 32, 080 A 35						
080 M 36, 		
				
1449 40 CS		21045
1.0503CF 45
060 A 47
			
(C45G)
080 M 4621040
1.0511C40
080 M 40						
2
1.0540C 50
2
A27 70-36
1.0551
GS-52
A2
2
A148 80-40
1.0553
GS-60
A3
2
A738
1.0577
S355J2G4 (Fe 510 D 2) Fe 510 D2 FF						
1501 Gr.224-460
				1501 Gr. 224-490
21140
1.072635 S 20
212 M 368M
21146
1.072745 S 20 (46S20)
21035
1.115740Mn4150 M 36151041					210251.1158C25E(070 M 25)		
			
CK 25		215361.116634Mn5
21330
1.117028Mn6(150 M 28), (150 M 18)21330
1.117028 Mn 6150 M 521330
1.117028Mn6
14A
2
1.1178C30E; CK 30
080M3021035
1.1180C35R
080 A 35
			Cm 35			E 490 DE 560 D
XC 10
XC 12 XC 15
XC 18
2 C 22 XC 18
XC 25
Z 200 C 12
NFA 35-501 E 28
1 C 2520-400 M
A 52 CP1 C 35
AF 55 C 35
XC 38
XC 42 H 1 TS
1 C 40AF 60 C 40
280-480 M
320-560 M
A 52 FP
35MF 645 MF 435 M 540 M 52 C 25XC 25
20 M 5, 28 Mn 6
20 M 520M5
XC 32
3 C 35
XC 32

		

UNI

UNE

JIS

2662
FeE 490 TM
		FeE 560 TM
1265
C 10, 2 C 10
F-1510-C 10 K
S 9 CK		
2 C 15
S 10 C
1300
1370
C 15
C 16
F.1110-C 15 K
S 15			F.1511-C 16 K
S 15 CK
1450
C 20
C 25
F.1120-C 25 K
S 20 C, S 20 CK				S 22 C
					
1411
1421
2145
FeE390KG
S25C
		
C 25
1 C 251306
2101
Fe E 355-2
A 52 RC I RA II
SGV 4102102			SGV 450
				
SGV 480
1572
C 35
F.113
S 35 C
1550
1 C 35
1672
		
		

C 43
C 46
C40

1674
C 50
1505
1606
2107
			
1957
1973

		
1 C 40

S 45 C

08;10
15
20
Ch12

35
45

F.114.A

1 C 50A 52 RB II
AE 355 D
F.210.G

		
		
		
C25
F.1120 - C 25 K
S 25 C				S 28 C		TO.B
SMn 433 H
		C 28 Mn
28 Mn 6
SCMn 1
		
		
1572

GOST

Technical Information

SS

C28Mn
C 30

40G
25
30G

SCMn1
2 C 30F.1135-C 35 K-1

133
Die and Mold

ISCAR MATERIAL GROUPS

According to VDI 3323 Standard		Material
AISI/SAE
Group

Material No. DIN

BS

EN

1035
1.1181C35E
080 A 35		1038		
CK 35
(080 M 36)21035
1.1181C35E
080 A 35 		
			
CK 35
(080 M 3621042
1.1191
GS- Ck 45
080 A 462
1049
1.1206C50E
080 M 50		
1050
CK 50
		
						
21050
1.1213Cf 53
070 M 55		1055		(C53G)		
2
4520
1.542322Mo41503-245-420
31.0050St50-2
3
A 516 Gr.70
1.0481
P295GH
1501 Gr. 224		
A 515 Gr. 70
17 Mn 4
A 414 Gr.F; G
		
3
1043
1.0503C35
060 A 47
				
080 M 46				
1449 50 HS, CS
3
1074
1.0614
C 76 D; D 75-2
31086
1.0616
C 86 D; D 85-2
31095
1.0618
C 92 D;D 95-2
31036
1.116530Mn5120 M 361330		
(150 M 28)
31335
1.116736Mn5150 M 36

2 C 35, XC 32
XC 38 H 1
XC 38

3
1040
1.1186C40E
060 A 40, 080 A 40
			
CK 40
080 M 4031045
1.1191C45E
080 M 46		
			
CK 45
060 A 47						
						
31049
1.1201
C45R
080 M 46
			
Cm 45
		
						
3
1.724218 CrMo 4
3
A 387 Gr. 12 CI
1.7337
16 CrMo 4 4
3A 387 Gr. 12 CI.
1.7337
16 CrMo 4 431.7362
12 CrMo 19 53606-625
3
A572-60
17 MnV 6
436055 E
41055
1.0535C55
070 M 55						
41060
1.0601C60
060 A 6243D
				1449 HS,CS		
4
107
1.0603C67
080 A 67				1449 70 HS

2 C 40
XC 42 H 1
2 C 45
XC 42 H 1
XC 45
XC 48 H 1
3 C 45
XC 42 H 1
XC 48 H 1

Technical Information

2

134

AFNOR

XC 45
2 C 50
XC 48 H 1;
XC 50 H1
XC 48 H TS

a 48 Cp;AP
1 C 45
AF 65 C 45
XC 75
XC 80
XC 90
35 M 540 M 5

Z 10 CD 5.05
NFA 35-501 E 36
1 C 55
AF 70 C 55
1 C 60AF 70 C 55
XC 65

SS

UNI

UNE

JIS

GOST

1550
1572
1572

C 35

F.1130-C 35 K

S 35 C

35

1660
1674

C45
C 50

1674

C 53

S 50 C

16 Mo 5 KG; KW
F.2602- 16 Mo 5
FE50
Fe 510 KG;KT;KW
A 47 RC I
RA II
Fe 510-2 KG;KT;KW 		
FeE 295		
C 45
F.114
1 C 45

SB 450 M; SB 480 M

		
		
		
		
		
1672
1650

C36

S35C
F-114045
50

SG 365, SGV 410
SGV 450
SGV 480
S 45 C

50

14G2
45

					
C 85		

75
85

		
			
2120
			
		
C 40

F.8211-30 Mn 5
f.8311-AM 30 Mn 5
F. 1203-36 Mn 6
F. 8212-36 Mn 5

SMn 433 H
SCMn 2
ssmN 438 (H)SCMn 3
S 40 C

27ChGSNMDTL
30GSL
35G2
35GL
40

1672
		

F.1140-C 45 K
F.1142-C48 K

S 45 CS 48 C

45

C 45
C 46

1660
C 45
			
		
18 CrMo 4
		
A 18 CrMo 4 5 KW
		
A 18 CrMo 4 5 KW
		
16 CrMo 20 5
2142
1655
C 55
		
1 C 55
		
C 60
		
1 C 60		
C 67

F.1145-C 45K-1
S 50 CF.1147C 48 K-1		

Technical Information

		

15ChM

		

S 55 C55

S 58 C60(G)135
Die and Mold

ISCAR MATERIAL GROUPS

According to VDI 3323 Standard		Material
AISI/SAE
Group

Material No. DIN

BS

EN

1074
1.0605
C75
1449 80 HS
1075		
41055
1.1203C55E
060 A 57		
			
CK 55
070 M 55		
41055
1.1209C55R
070 M 55 		
			
Cm 55		410601.1221C60E
060 A 6243D
1064		CK 60		410701.1231
Ck 67
060 A 67			 (C67E)
41074
1.1248
CK 75
1075
		
(C75E)
060 A 78
1078
4
1086
1.1269
CK 85 (C85E)
41095
1.1274
Ck 101 (C101E)
4
W 112
1.1663
C 125 W
4
5
1.0070St70-25
1.723849 CrMo 451.7701
51 CrMoV 4
6
A573-81 65
1.0116
St 37-3
4360 40 B
6
A515 65
1.0345H1
1 501 1616
5120
1.0841St 52-3
150 M 1969255
1.090455 Si 7
250A5345
69254
1.090455 Si 7250 A 53
69262
1.096160SiCr7
6
L3
1.2067
100Cr6BL3
6L1
1.210890 CrSi 56
L21.2210115CrV3
6
1.2241
51CrV46
1.231140 CrMnMo 764135
1.233035 CrMo 4
708 A 376
1.2419105WCr6
601
1.2510100 MnCrW 4
BO1
6
S1
1.254245 WCrV7
BS1
6
S1
1.255060WCrV76
L6
1.271355NiCrMoV66
L61.2721
50NiCr13
6
O2
1.2842
90MnCrV8
BO2
6
E 50100
1.3501
100 Cr 2
652100
1.3505
100Cr62 S 13531				
535 A 996
1.502446Si7						

AFNOR

Technical Information

4136

2 C 55
XC 55 H 1
3 C 55
XC 55 H 1
2 C 60
XC 60 H 1
XC 68
XC 75
XC 90
XC 100Y2 120E 24-UA 37 CP
20 MC 5
55S7
55 S 760SC6Y100C6100C334 CD 4
105WC138 MO 855WC2055NCDV7
55 NCV 6
90 MV8100 C 645 S 7; Y 46
7;46 SI 7

		

		
1655
		

UNI

UNE

JIS

C 75

GOST
75

C 55

F.1150-C 55 K

C 55

F.1155-C 55K-1

S 55 C

55

1665
C 60
S 58 C
1678				
1770
C70
					
774
C 75

60
60G, 60GA
65GA
68GA , 70
75(A)

		
1870

C 90
C 100

85(A)

2223
		

FE70-2

		
1312
1330
2172
2085
2090
60SiCr82092
		F-5117SUP 4

51 CrMoV 4
Fe37-3
Fe 52
55Si8

F-431
56Si7

60SiCr8
100Cr6
105WCR 5
107CrV3KU		
35 cRmO 8 KU
2234
35CrMo4
2140
10WCr62140
10WCr62710
45 WCrV8 KU
2710
58WCr9KU
		
2550
2258
100Cr6					

Ch

34CrMo4105WCr5
105WCr5
45WCrSi8

SCM435TK

F.520.S
f-528

SKT4

5ChNM

F.1310 - 100 Cr 6

SUJ2

SchCh 15

ChWG
SKS31

Technical Information

SS

5ChW25F

F. 1451 - 46 SI 7

137
Die and Mold

ISCAR MATERIAL GROUPS

According to VDI 3323 Standard

Technical Information

		Material
AISI/SAE
Group

138

Material No. DIN

BS

EN

AFNOR

6
9255
1.502551Si7						
69255
1.502655Si7251 a 5869260
1.502760Si7251 A 60
				
251 H 60
69260 H
1.502865Si7
61.512038 MnSi 4
6
A 204 Gr.A
1.5415
16Mo3
1503-243 B
4017		
15 Mo 364419
1.541920Mo41503-243-430
6A 350-LF 5
1.562214Ni6
63415
1.5732
1 NiICr1063310; 3314
1.5752
14NiICr14
655M1336A
6
1.6587
17CrNiMo6
820A16
6
1.6657
14NiCrMo1346
5015
1.701515Cr3523 M 1565132
1.703334Cr4
530A3218B
65140
1.703541Cr4
530M4018
65140
1.7045
42Cr41530 A 40
65115
1.7131
16MnCr5
527 M 176
1.713916MnCr5
65155
1.717655Cr3527 A 6048
64135; 4137
1.7220
34CrMo4
708 Aa 37
64142
1.7223
41CrMo4
6
4140
1.722542CrMo4
708 M 06
1.722855NiCrMoV6G
823M3033
61.7262
15CrMo56
1.7321
20 mOcR 4
6
ASTM A182 F-12 1.7335
13CrMo4 41501-620Gr27
6
A 182-F11;12
1.7335
13 CrMo 4 41 501 620 Gr. 27
6
ASTM A 182 F.22 1.7380
10CrMo9 101501-622gR31; 45
6A182 F-22
1.7380
10 CrMo 9 101501-622
6
1.7715
14MoV6 31503-660-440
6A355A
1.850941CrAlMo 7
905 M 3941B
7A570.36
1.0038S235JRG2 (Fe 360 B)
Fe 360 B FU					
RSt 37-2
1449 27/23 CR
				
4360-40 B
73135
1.571036NiCr6
640A357
1.575531 NiCr 14
653 M 3178620
1.6523
2 NiCrMo2
805M20362
78740
1.654640 NiCrMo 22
311-Tyre 774130
1.721825CrMo4
CDS 1107
1.773324 CrMoV 5 571.7755
GS-45 CrMOV 10 4

51 S 751 Si 755 S 760 S 760 S 715 D 316N6
14 NC 11
12NC15
18NCD6
12 C 332C442C442 C 4 TS
16 MC 555 C 335 CD 442 CD 412 CD 415 CD 4.5
12 CD 9.10
40 CAD 6.12
E 24-2NE
35NC6
18 NC 1320 NCD 2
25 CD 420 CDV 6

		

2090
		
2085 2090
		

UNI

UNE

GOST

48 Si 7F.1450-50 Si 750 Si 7		55 Si 7F.1440 - 56 Si 7
60 Si 7
F. 1441 - 60 Si 7

				
2912

16Mo3(KG;KW)-2512
14 Ni 6 KG;KT
16NiCr11

G 20 Mo 5
G 22 Mo5
F.2641 - 15 Ni 6
15NiCr11

		
		
2245
2511
2127
2253
2234
		
2244
2512
2216
2625
		
2216

JIS

50 P 7

SUP 6

F. 2601 - 16 Mo 3
SCPH 11
SNC415(H)
SNC815(H)

14NiCrMo13
14NiCrMo131
		
34Cr4(KB)
35Cr4
41Cr4
42Cr4
41Cr4
42Cr4
16MnCr5
16MnCr5

41CrMo4

55S2
60S2

42CrMo4

SCr415(H)SCr430(H)SCr440(H)SCr44015Ch
35Ch

SUP9(A)
SNB 22-1

50ChGA
35ChM
40ChFASCM415(H)

12ChM; 15ChM

653M31
12CrMo4
14CrMo4 5

14CrMo45
12CrMo4

2218
12CrMo9,10		
2940
41CrAlMo7
1312
Fe 360 B FN
			

TU.H
13MoCrV6
41CrAlMo7
AE 235 B FN;FUFe 360 B FN; FU

2506
		
2225
		

20NiCrMo2
40NiCrMo2
55Cr3

20NiCrMo2
40NiCrMo2(KB)
25CrMo4(KB)
21 CrMoV 5 11

Technical Information

SS

St3ps; sp

SNCM220(H)
SNCM240
SCM420/430

20ChGNM
38ChGNM
20ChM; 30ChM

139
Die and Mold

ISCAR MATERIAL GROUPS

According to VDI 3323 Standard

Technical Information

		Material
AISI/SAE
Group

140

Material No. DIN

BS

EN

AFNOR

7
1.807021 CrMoV 5 1184142
1.233247 CrMo 4708 M 40
19A 42 CD 4
8
A128 (A)
1.3401
G-X120 Mn 12
Z 120 M 1283435
1.573636 NiCr 10
30 NC 118
9840
1.651136CrNiMo4
816M40110
40NCD384340
1.658235CrNiM 6
817 M 4024
35 NCD 6
81.736132 CeMo12722 M 24
40B 30 CD 1286150
1.815950 CrV 4
735 A 5047
50CrV48
1.816158 CrV 48
1.851532 CrMo 12722 M 24
40B 30 CD 1281.8523
39CrMoV13 9
897M3940C
91.4882
X 50 CrMnNiNbN 21 9
Z 50 CMNNb						21.09
93135
1.571036NiCr6
640A35
111A 35NC6
9
1.586435 niCr 18
931 NiCrMo 13 4
830 m 3110
A573-811.0144
ST 44-3
4360 43 C
E 28-310A 619
1.0347DCO31449 3 CR 		
E
			
RSt;RRSt 13
1449 2 CR
10
M 10151.0401C15080 M 15		
AF 37 C12
M 1016
			
080 M 15		
XC 18
M 10171449 17 CS
10
1.0570ST 52-3
4360 50 B
E 36-310
12L13
1.07189SMnPb28
S250Pb10(12L13)
1.07189 SMnPb 28
S 250 Pb
10
1.072315 S22210 A 15			
15 S 20210 M 1510
1.208310H 11
1.2343x 38 CrMoV 5 1
BH 11
Z 38 CDV 510
H 13
1.2344
X 40 CrMoV 5 1
BH 13
Z 40 CDV 5
10A2
1.2363
X100 CrMoV 5 1
BA 2
Z 100 CDV 5
10
D2
1.2379X 155 CrVMo 12 1
BD2
Z 160 CDV 1210
HNV3
1.2379X210Cr12G
BD2
Z160CDV1210
D 4 (D 6)
1.2436
X 210 CrW 12
BD6
Z 200 CD 1210
H 211.2581
X 30 WCrV 9 3
BH 21
Z 30 WCV 9101.2601
X 165 CrMoV 1210H 121.2606
X 37 CrMoW 5 1
BH 12
Z 35 CWDV 5
10
D3
1.3343S 6-5-2
BM2
Z200C1210
N080281.4563
Z1NCDU31-27-03
10
ASTM A353
1.5662
X8Ni91501-509;510
10
ASM A353
1.5662
X8Ni9502-650
9 Ni
10
2517
1.568012Ni1912Ni19
Z18N5
10
2515
1.568012 Ni 19
Z 18 N 5111.3202
S 12-1-4-5
BT 15

		

UNI

UNE

		
2244
2183

35 NiCr 9
42CrMo4
GX120Mn12

42CrMo4
SCM (440)
F. 8251-AM-X120Mn12 SCMnH 1, SCMn H 11

		
2541
2240
2230

36nIcRmO4(KB)
35NiCrMo6(KB)
30CrMo12
50CrV435NiCrMo4

2240
		

32CrMo12
36CrMoV12

F.124.A

1350
		
2132
1914
1914
1922
2314
		
2242
2260
2310
2736
2312
		
2310
		
2715
2584
		
		
		

SUP10
SNCM 447

F.124.A
51CrV4

		
2534
1412
		

JIS

GOST

110G13L
40ChN2MA
38Ch2N2MA
50ChGFA

SNC236

f-1270SM 400A;B;C
Fep 02
C15
C16
1 C 15
Fe52BFN/Fe52CFN
CF9SMnPb28
CF 9 SMnPb 28

AP 02
F.111

S 15 C
SM490A;B;C;YA;YB

11SMnPb28
11 SMnPb 28
F.210.F

St4KP; ps; sp
08JU

17G5

12 L 13
SUM 32

X 37 CrMoV 5 1 KU
X40CrMoV511KU
X100CrMoV51KU
X165CrMoW12KU

F-5318F-5227
X160CrMoW12KU

X215CrW 12 1 KU
X30WCrV 9 3 KU

F-5213F-526

SKD5

3Ch2W8F

X 35 CrMoW 05 KU
X210Cr13KU

F.537
X210Cr12

SUH3

5ChNM
R6M5

14 Ni 6 KG;KT
X10Ni9XBNiO9F-2645

SL9N60(53)HS 12-1-5-5

12-1-5-5

SKD61
SKD12

4Ch5MFS
4Ch5MF1S

Technical Information

SS

141
Die and Mold

ISCAR MATERIAL GROUPS

According to VDI 3323 Standard

Technical Information

		Material
AISI/SAE
Group

142

Material No. DIN

BS

EN

AFNOR

11
1.3207
S 10-4-3-10
BT42
Z130WKCDV
11
T 15
1.3243S 6-5-2-5
KCV						06-05-05-04-02
11
1.3246
S 7-4-2-5
Z110 WKCDV						07-05-04
11
1.3247
S 2-10-1-8
BM 42
Z110 DKCWV						09-08-04
11
M 42
1.3249S 2-9-2-8
BM 34
11
T4
1.3255
S 18-1-2-5
BT 4
Z 80 WKCV						18-05-04-0
11M2
1.3343
S6-5-2BM2
Z 85 WDCV
11
M7
1.3348S2-9-2
Z 100 DCWV						09-04-0211
T1
1.3355
S 18-0-1
BT 1
Z 80 WCV 18-4-01
11630
1.4548Z7CNU17-04
11
HNV 3
1.4718
X45CrSi 9 3
401S4552
Z45CS911422
1.4935x20 CrMoWV 12 1
12403
1.4000
X6Cr13403 S 17Z 6 C 13121.4001
X6Cr1412(410S)
1.4001X7 Cr 13(403 S 7)
Z 8 C 1312405
1.4002X6CrA12405S17
Z8CA1212405
1.4002X6 CrAl 13
405 S 17
Z6CA1312416
1.4005
X12CrS 13
416 S 21
Z11 CF 13
12410; CA-15
1.4006(G-)X10 Cr 13
410S2156A Z10 C 1312430
1.4016
X8Cr17Z8C17
430S1512430
1.4016X6 Cr 17430 S 1560
Z 8 C 1712
1.4027
G-X20Cr14
420C29
Z20C13M
12
1.4027
G-X 20 Cr 14
420 C 29
Z 20 C 13 M
12420
1.4028
X30 Cr 13
420 S 45
Z 30 C 13121.4086
G-X120Cr29
452C1112430 F
1.4104
X12CrMoS17
420 S 37
Z 10 CF 1712440B
1.4112
X90 CrMoV 18
12434
1.4113
X6CrMo 17
434 S 17Z 8 CD 17.01
121.4340G-X40CrNi27 4
12
S315001.4417
X2CrNiM0Si19 5
12S315001.4417
X2 CrNoMoSi 18 5 3
121.4418
X4 CrNiMo16 5
Z6CND16-04-01
12XM 8
1.4510Z 4 CT 17
430 Ti439
12
430tI
1.4510
X6 CrTi 17
Z 4 CT 17
12
1.4511X 6 CrNb 17(X 6 CrNb 17
Z 4 CNb 1712409
1.4512
X 6 CrTi 12
LW 19
		
Z 3 CT 12
			(X2CrTi12)
409 S 19

SS

UNI

UNE

JIS

GOST

2723

HS 6-5-2-5

6-5-2-5

SKH55

R6M5K5

7-4-2-5

HS 7-4-2-5

M 35

2-10-1-8

HS 2-9-1-8
2-9-2-8

M 41

2722
2782

HS 6 5 2
HS 2 9 2

F-5604F-5607

SKH 51R18
		

X45CrSi8

F322

SUH1

40Ch9S2

F.3110
F8401

SUS40308Ch1308Ch1308Ch13

F-3411F.3401
F.3113
F3113

SUS 416
SUS410F.3117

SUS430F

Technical Information

		

R6M5

2301
X6Cr13
		
2301
		
X6CrAI132302
X6CrAI132380
X12 CrSC13
2302
X12Cr132320
X8Cr172320
X8Cr17

SUS4302304
2383

X10CrS172325

X8CrMo17

2376
2376
2387
		

X 6 CrTi 17

12Ch13
12Ch1712Ch1720Ch13L
20Ch13L
20Ch13

SUS434

F.3115 -X 5 CrTi 17

SUS 430 LX

08Ch17T							
X 6 CrNb 17
F.3122-X 5 CrNb 17
SUS 430 LK
		
X 6 CrTi 12
SUH 409

08Ch17T

143
Die and Mold

ISCAR MATERIAL GROUPS

According to VDI 3323 Standard

Technical Information

		Material
AISI/SAE
Group

144

Material No. DIN

BS

EN

12
1.4720
X20CrMo13
12405
1.4724
X10CrA113
403S1712430
1.4742
X10CrA118
439S1560
12HNV6
1.4747
X80CrNiSi20
443S655912446
1.4749x18 cRn 28
12446
1.4762
X10CrA124
12EV 8
1.4871
X 53 CrMnNiN 21 9
349 S 5412302
x12 CrNi 18 9
302 S 3112429
X10 CrNi 1513420
1.4021
X20Cr13
420S3713420
1.4031
X40 Cr 13
13
1.4034
X46Cr13420 S 4513431
1.4057
X20CrNi172
431 S 2957
13
1.4125
X 105 CrMo 17
13
CA6-NM
1.4313
G-X4 CrNi 13 4
425 C 1113630
1.4542
X 5 CrNiCuNb 17 4			
(X5CrNiCuNb 16-4)
131.4544
S. 524
				
S. 52613348
1.4546X5CrNiNb 18-10
347 S 31				
2 S. 130
				
2 S. 143/144/145
				
S.525/527
13
1.4922x20cRmV12-1
13
1.4923
X22 CrMoV12 1
14304
1.4301
X 5 CrNi 18 9
304 S 1514303
1.4305
X10 CrNiS 18 9
303 S 21
58M
14
304L
1.4306
X2CrNi18 9304S1214304L
1.4306
X2 CrNi 18 10
304 S 1114CF-81.4308X6 CrNi 18 9
304 C 1558E
14301
1.4310
X12CrN i17 7
301 S 2114
304 LN
1.4311X2 CrNiN 18 10
304 S 6214
1.4312
G-X10CrNi18 8
302C2514305
1.4312
X8 CrNi 18 12
305 s 1914
1.4332X2 CrNi 18-8
14304
1.4350X5CrNi18 9304S1558E
14S32304
1.4362X2 CrNiN 23 4
142021.4371X3 CrMnNiN 188 8 7
284 S 16						
14316
1.4401
X 5 CrNiMo 17 12 2
316 S 13
			
(X4 CrNiMo 17 -12-2)
316 S 17				
316 S 19				
316 S 31				
316 S 33		AFNOR
Z10C13
Z10CAS18
Z80CSN20.02
Z10CAS24
Z 52 CMN 21.09
Z 10 CN 18-09
Z 20 C 13
Z 40 C 14
Z40 C 14
Z 15 CN 16.02
Z 100 CD 17
Z 4 CND 13-04 M

Z 5 CN 18.09
Z 8 CNF 18-09
Z2CrNi18 10
Z 3 CN 19-11
Z 6 CN 18-10 M
Z 12 CN 17.07
Z 2 CN18.10
Z10CN18.9M
Z6CN18.09
Z 2 CN 23-04 AZ
Z 8 CMN
18- 08-05
Z 3 CND 17 -11-01
Z 6 CND 17-11
Z 6 CND 17-11-02
Z 7 CND 17-11-02
Z 7 CND 17-12-02

SS

UNI

UNE

JIS

GOST

		
		
X80CrSiNi20

X10CrA112
X8Cr17F.320B

F.311
F.3113SUH4SUS43010Ch13SJu
15Ch18SJu

2322
		
2330

X16Cr26
X53CrMnNiN21 9

SUH446
SUH35,SUH36

55Ch20G9AN4

2303
-2304
X40Cr14
2321
		
2385

14210
F.3405
X16CrNi16
X 105 CrMo 17(G)X6CrNi304

				

X 6 CrNiTi 18 11

		

X 6 CrNiNb 18 1123172332;2333
2346
2352
2352
2333
2331
2371

20Ch1340Ch13
SUS420J2
F.3427

SUS431SCS508Ch 18N12T

x20cRmOnI 12 01
X10CrNiS18.09
x2cRnI18 11
X2CrNi18 11

F.3508F.3503

X2CrNi18 07
X2CrNiN18 10

F.3517

SUS303SCS19

08Ch18N1030Ch18N11

SUS304L
SUS304LN

					
2332
2327

20Ch17N2
95Ch18X5CrNi18 102347
X 5 CrNiMo 17 12
			

F.3551

SUS304F.3534-X 5 CrNiMo
17 12 2

SUS 316

10Ch18N9L
10Ch18N9L

Technical Information		

145
Die and Mold

ISCAR MATERIAL GROUPS

According to VDI 3323 Standard

Technical Information

		Material
AISI/SAE
Group

146

Material No. DIN

BSEN AFNOR

14
316L
1.4404
X2 CrNiMo 17 13 2
316 S 11, 316 S 13		Z 2 CND 17-12
			(X2 CrNiMo 17-12-2)
316 S 14, 316 S 31; Z 2 CND 18-13
			
GX 2 CrNiMoN 18-10
316 S 42, S.537;316
Z 3 CND 17-11-02
				C 12, T.75, S. 161		
Z 3 CND
						
17-12-02 FF
						
Z 3 CND 18-12-03						
Z 3 CND 19.10 M
14316LN
1.4406
X2 CrNiMoN 17 12 2
316 S 61 		
Z2 CND 17-12 AZ
			(X2CrNiMoN 18-10)
316 S 63
14
CF-8M
1.4408GX 5 CrNiMoN 7 12 2
316 C 16 (LT 196)		
			
G-X 6 CrNiMo 18 10
ANC 4 B
14
1.4410
G-X10CrNiMo18 9
Z5CND20.12M
14
316 Ln1.4429X2 CrNiMo 17 -13-3
316 S 62
Z 2 CND 17-13 Az
14316L
1.4435
X2 CrNiMo18 14 3
316 S 11;316 S 13
Z 3 CND 17-12-03
				
316 S 14;316 S 31
Z 3 CND 18-14-03
				
LW 22
				
LWCF 2214316
1.4436X 5 CrNiMo 17 13 3
316 S 19; 316 S 31
Z 6 CND 18-12-03
			(X4CRNIMO 17-13-3
316 S 33
Z 7 CND 18-12-03
				
LW 23
				
LWCF 23
14
317L
1.4438
X2 CrNiMo 18 16 4
317 S 12 		
Z 2 CND 19-15-04
			(X2CrNiMo 18-15-4)			
z 3 cnd 19-15-04
14(s31726)
1.4439X2 CrNiMoN 17 13 5
Z 3 CND
						
18-14-06 AZ
14
1.4440X 2 CrNiMo 18 1314317
1.4449X5 CrNiMo 17 13 3
317 S 1614329
1.4460
X 4 CrNiMo 27 5 2
		(Z 3 CND 25-07 Az)
			(X3CrNiMo27-5-2)			
Z 5 CND 27-05 Az
14329
1.4460
X8CrNiMo27 5
141.4462
X2CrNiMoN22 5 3318 S 13Z 3 CND 22-05 Az
						(Z 2 CND 24 -08 Az )						
(Z 3 CND 25-06-03 Az)
14
1.4500G-X7NiCrMoCuNb25 20
23NCDU25.20M
14
17-7PH
1.4504316S11114443
1.4521
X2CrMoTi18-2
444		
14
UNS N 08904
1.4539X1NiCrMoCuN25-20-5
Z 2 NCDU 25-20
14
CN-7M
1.4539(G-)X1 NiCrMoCu 25 20 5Z1 NCDU 25-02 M
14
321
1.4541Z 6 CrNiTi 18-10
321 S 31				
321 S 51 (1010;1105)
Z 6 CNT 18-10
				
LW 24
				
LWCF 24

		

UNI

UNE

JIS

2348
X 2 CrNiMo 17 12
					
G-X 2 CrNiMo 19 11
			

F.3533 - X 2 CrNiMo
17 13 2
F.3537 - X 2 CrNiMo
17 13 3

SUS 316 L

		
X 2 CrNiMoN 17 12
			
2343
			
2328
2375
X 2 CrNiMoN 17 13
2375
X2CrNiMoN 17 13
			

F.3542-X 2 CrNiMoN
17 12 2
SUS316LN
F.8414-AM-X 7 		CrNiMo 20 10
SCS 142343
		

X 5 CrNiMo 117 13
X 8 cRnImO 17 13

F.3543-X 5 CrNiMo 17 12 2 3 SUS 316
F.3538-X 5 CrNiMo 17 13

2367

X2CrNiMo18 16

f.3539-x 2 cRnImO 18 16 4

		
		
		
X 5 CrNiMo 18 15
2324
			
2324
2377
		
2326

Z8CNA17-07

F.3543-X 2 CrNiMoN 17 13 3 (SUS 316 LN
F.3533-X 2 CrNiMo
17 13 2
SUS 316 L

GOST

07Ch18N; 18N10G2S2MSL

O3Ch17N14M3

SUS317L

SUS 317F.3309-X 8 CrNiMo 17 12 2
F.3552-X 8 CrNiMo 18 16 4

SUS 329 J 1
SUS 329 J3L

X2CrNiMo1712
F.3123-X 2 CrMoTiNb 18 2

Technical InformationSS

SUS 444

2562
2564
2337
X 6 CrNiTi 18 11
F.3523 - X 6 CrNiTi 		
			
18 10
SUS 321
					
					

06Ch18N10T
08Ch18N10T
09Ch18N10T
12Ch18N10T

147
Die and Mold

ISCAR MATERIAL GROUPS

According to VDI 3323 Standard

Technical Information

		Material
AISI/SAE
Group

148

Material No. DIN

14630
1.4542
			
14
17-4PH
1.4542
14
S312541.4547
14
17-4PH
1.454814347
1.4550141.4552
14
17-7PH
1.456814316tTi
1.457114
316 Ti
1.457114
1.458114318
1.458314
1.458514
1.482114
1.482314309
1.482814		
1.482914309S
1.483314
310 S
1.484514321
1.487814
Ss30415
1.4891
14
S308151.489314304H
1.494814660
1.498014
14S31753
14
15
CLASS200.601015
A48-20B
0.601015
NO 25 B
0.6015
15
CLASS250.601515
A48 25 B
0.6015
15
A48-30B
0.602015
NO 30 B
0.602015
A436 Type 2
0.66601560-40-18
0.704015
No 20 B
16
CLASS30
0.602016
CLASS450.603016
A48-45 B
0.603016
A48-500.6035
16
A48-60 B
0.604016
100/70/03
0.7070170.7033BSEN

X5 CrNiCuNb 17 4
		
(X5 CrNiChNb 16-4)			

AFNOR
Z 7 CNU 15-05
Z 7 CNU 17-04
Z7CNU17-04

X1 CrNiMoN 20 18 7
X6 CrNiNb 18 10
G-X7CrNiNb18 9
X6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2
x 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2
G-X 5 CrNiMoNb
X 10CrNiMoNb 18 12
G-X7CrNiMoCuNb18 18
X20CrNiSi25 4
G-X40CrNiSi27 4
X15CrNiSi20 12
X 12 CrNi 22 12
X6 CrNi 22 13
X12 CrNi 25 21
X6 CrNiTi 18 9
X5 CrNiNb 18 10
X8 CrNiNb 11
X6 CrNi 18 11
X5 NiCrTi 25 15
X5 NiCrN 35 25
X2 CrNiMoN 18 13 4
X2 CrNiMoN 25 22 7
GG10
GG-10
GG 15
GG15
GG 15
GG-20
GG 20
GGL-NiCr202
GGG 40
GG 10
GG20
GG30
GG-35
GG40
GGG-70GGG35.3

347 S 1758F

316S111320 S 31320 S 31318 C 17303 S 2158J

Z7CNU17-04
Z 6 CNNb 18.10
Z4CNNb19.10M
Z 6 CNDT 17-12002
Z 6 NDT 17.12
Z 4 CNDNb 18.12 M
Z15CNS20.12
Z20CNS25.04

309 S 24309 S 13
310S2432 1 S 20
304 S 51

Grade 150
GRADE150
Grade 150
Grade 220
Grade 220
L-NiCuCr202
SNG 420/12
GRADE220
GRADE300
Grade 300
GRADE 350
GRADE400
SNG700/2

58C

Z15CNS20.12

58B

Z 15 CN 24-13
Z 12 CN 25-20
Z 6 CNT 18-12 (B)Z 5 CN 18-09
Zz 8 nctv 25-15 b ff

Ft10D
FT 10 DFT 15 D
Ft15D
Ft 15 D
Ft 20 D
Ft 20 D
L-NC 202
FCS 400-12
Ft 10 D
Ft20D
Ft30D
Ft 30 D
Ft35D
Ft 40 D
FGS 700-2

		

UNI

UNE

		
				

JIS

GOST

SCS 24
SUS 630

2378
2338

X6CrNiNb18 11

F.3552

		
2350
2350

Z8CNA17-07

X2CrNiMo1712

X6CrNiMoTi17 12

F.3535				x15cRnIsI2 12
X6CrNiMoTi17 12

SUS34708Ch18N12B
09Ch17NJu1
10Ch17N13M2T
10Ch17N13M2T

		

F.8414SCS17

20Ch20N14S2

2361
2337
2372
2368
2333
2570

F.331
F.3553

SUH310
SUS321

20Ch23N18

1100110-00
0115-00
115
01 15-00
0120-00120
0523-00
0717-02110
120
130
01 30-00
135
140
07 37-01

X6CrNi25 20
X6CrNiTi18 11

G10
G 15
G 15
G14

FG 15
FG 15
FG15

G 20

FC150

FC200

GS 370-17

FGE 38-17

G 20
G 30

SCh10
SCh10
SCh15
SCh15
SCh15
SCh20
SCh20

FCD400
FC100

VCh42-12

FG 20
FG 30

FC300

G 35

FG 35

FC350

SCh20
SCh30
SCh30
SCh40

GGG 70GGG 70

FCD700Technical Information

SS

07 17-15

149
Die and Mold

ISCAR MATERIAL GROUPS

According to VDI 3323 Standard

Technical Information

		Material
AISI/SAE
Group

150

17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
18
18
18
18
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
21
21
21
22
22
22
22
23
23
23

60-40-18
60/40/18
80-55-06
65-45-12
A43D2
A48-40 B
80/55/06
A48 40 B
32510
A47-32510
A220-40010

Material No. DIN

BS

0.70330.70400.70430.70500.70500.76520.7660350/22 L 40
SNG 420/12
370/7
SNG500/7
SNG 500/7
S-NiMn 137
Grade S6
SNG 370/17
Grade260
SNG600/3
600/3

FGS 370/17
FGS 400-12
FGS 370/17
FGS 500/7
FGS 500-7
S-Mn 137
S-NC 202
FGS 370-17
Ft 25 D
FGS600-3
FGS 600/3

B 340/12
B 340/2
P 440/7
B 340/12
8 290/6
B340/12
W340/3
W410/4

MN35-10
Mn 35-10
Mn 450-6

0.60250.70600.70600.80550.81350.81350.814532510

A220-50005
50005
70003
90001
A220-90001
1022
1518
1035
400 10
70003
Al99
1000

7050

0.80350.80400.80450.80650.81550.81550.81650.81700.81700.817
1.1133
1.11833.02053.02553.33153.1325
3.16553.23153.43453.23813.2382
3.2581

GGG-35.3
GGG-40
GGG-40.3
GGG50
GGG-50GGG-NiMn 13 7
GGG-NiCr 20 2
GGG 40.3
GG25
GGG60
GGG-60
GTW55
GTS-35-10
GTS-35-10
GTS-45-06
GTS-35
GTS-35
GTM-35
GTW-40EN

AFNOR

MN 32-8
MN 35-10
MB35-7
MB40-10GTMW-65
GTS-55-04
GTS-55-04
GTS-65-02
GTS-70-02
GTS-70-02
GTS-70-02

IP 70-2

20Mn5
Cf 35 (C35G)
GTS-45
GTS-65120 M 19080 A 35
P440/7
P 570/3

MP 60-3

AI99.5AIMg1
AlCuMg 1
AICuSiPb
AlMgSi1
AIZnMgCuO,5
G-AISi10Mg
GD-AISi10Mg
G-AISi12

L31/34/36

A59050C

L 86

AZ 4 GU/9051

P 510/4
P510/4
P 570/3
P 690/2

Mn 550-4
MP 50-5
Mn 650-3
Mn 700-2
Mn 700-2
20 M 5
XC 38 H 1 TS		

0717-150717-020717-150727-02
		
VCh50-2
0772-00
0776-00
0717-12125
07 32-03
0727-03

UNI

G 25
GGG 60

2132
		
1572
08 52
858

JIS

GOST
VCh42-12
VCh42-12
VCh50-2

GGG 500727-02

FCD 500

FG 25
GGG 60

FC250

SCh25
VCh60-2

FCD600		
810
0815-00		
0852-00
0810-00
814
08 15
852
		
		
		
0854-00
0854-00
0856-00
0862-00
0864-00

UNE

Technical InformationSS

GTW 55
GTS 35
GMN 45

KCh35-10
KCh35-10
FCMW370
AC4A
FCMW330

GMB40
GMB45
GMN 55
GMN 65
GMN 70G 22 Mn 3
20 Mn 7
C 36; C 38

GTM 35
GTM 40
GTM 45GTW 65
FCMP490
FCMP590
FCMP690

KCh55-4
KCh55-4
KCh60-3
KCh70-2
KCh70-2
KCh70-2
20G

			
F.1515-20 Mn 6
SMnC 420
S 35 C35

FCMP540

AD0

35

D1
		
AD35
AK9
811-04
					

AK12

151
Die and Mold

ISCAR MATERIAL GROUPS

According to VDI 3323 Standard

Technical Information

		Material
AISI/SAE
Group

152

23
23
23
23
23
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
23-24
23-24
23-24
23-24
23-24
23-24
23-24
26
26
26
26
26
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
31
31
31

ZE 41
EZ 33
AZ 81
AZ 91

4218 B
SC64D
QE 22
GD-AISI12
A360.2
A356-72356.1
A413.2
A413.1
A413.0A380.1
C 93200
C 83600
C 83600
C 23000
C 93800
C 27200
C 27700
C 86500
C 86200
C 18200
C 94100
C 63000
B-148-52
C 90700
C 90800
C 81500
N 08800
N 08031
N 08028

Material No. DIN
3.35613.51013.51033.5812
3.59122.1871
3.1754
3.2163
3.2371
3.2373
3.23733.51063.2383

2.10902.1096
2.10982.11822.11822.02402.03212.03212.05902.05922.05962.12932.00602.03752.05962.09662.09752.10502.10522.12922.47641.45581.4562
1.4563

G-AIMg 5
G-MgZn4sE1Zr1
MgSE3Zn27r1
G-MgAI8Zn1
G-MgAI9Zn1
G-AICu 4 TiMg
G-AICu5Ni1,5
G-AISi9Cu3
G-AISi 7 Mg
G-AISI9MGWA
G-AISi 9 Mg
G-MgAg3SE2Zr1
G-ALMG5
G-AISi0Mg(Cu)
G-AlSi12
G-AlSi 12 (Cu)GD-AlSi12
GD-AlSi8Cu3
G-CuSn 7 5 pb
G-CuSn5ZnPb
G-CuSn 2 Znpb
G-CuPb15Sn
G-CuPb15Sn
CuZn 15
CuZn 37
CuZn 37
G-CuZn40Fe
G-CuZn 35 AI 1
G-CuZn 34 AI 2
CuCrZrE-Cu57
CuZn36Pb3
G-CuZn 34 AI 2
CuAI 10 Ni 5 Fe 4
G-CuAI 10 Ni
G-CuSn 10
G-CuSn 12
G-CuCrF 35
CoCr20W15Ni
X 2 NiCrAITi 32 20
X 1 NiCrMoCu 32 28 7
X 1 NiCrMoCuN 31 27 4

BS
MAG 5
MAG 6
NMAG 1
MAG 7

EN

AFNOR

G-TR3Z2

A-S7G
MAG 12LM5LM92789;1973
LM25
LM 6
LM 20

A-SU12
NF A32-201

LM24
U-E 7 Z 5 pb 4
LG 2
LB1

U-pb 15 E 8
Uu-PB 15e 8

CZ 108CZ 108

CuZn 36, CuZn 37
CuZn 36, CuZn 37

U-Z 36 N 3
HTB 1
CC 102

HTB 1
U-Z 36 N 3
U-Cr 0.8 Zr

HTB 1
Ca 104

U-Z 36 N 3
U-A 10 N

CT1
pb 2
CC1-FFUE 12 P

NA 15

		

UNI

4251

UNE

JIS

GOST

		
C4BS

VAL8
AK8
AK9

A5052

AK7

ADC12
A6061
A7075

AK12

4252
4253
4244
4261
4260
4247
4250

		
		

C 2700
C2720

L63
L63
LTs23AD; ZMts
LS60-2

Technical Information

SS

BrAD; N10-4-4

2584

			

EK77

153
Die and Mold

ISCAR MATERIAL GROUPS

According to VDI 3323 Standard

Technical Information

		Material
AISI/SAE
Group

154

31
31
31
31
31
32
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
35
35
35
35
35
36
36
36
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37

N 08330330
AMS 5544
Monel 400
5390A
Hastelloy C-4
Nimonic 75
lnconel 690
lnconel 625
5666
lncoloy 825
Monel k-500
4676
lnconel 718
lnconel
5383
5391
5660
5537C
AMS 5772
lnconel X-750
Hastelloy B
Hastelloy C
AMS 5399
R 50250
R 52250
AMS 5397
R 54620AMS R54520
AMS R56400
AMS R56401

Material No. DIN

BS

1.48641.48641.48651.4958LW2.4668
1.49772.43602.46032.46102.46302.46302.46422.48562.48562.48582.43752.43752.46312.46682.46942.4955LM2.4668
LW2 4670
LW2.4662
LW2.4964

NA 17
NA 17
330 C 402.46692.46852.48102.49733.71153.70253.7225
LW2 4674
3.71243.71453.71653.71853.7195

X 12 NiCrSi 36 16
X12 NiCrSi 36 16
G-X40NiCrSi38 18
X 5 NiCrAITi 31 20
NiCr19NbMo
X 40 CoCrNi 20 20
NiCu30Fe
NiMo16cR16Ti
NiCr20Ti
NiCr20Ti
NiC29FeNiCr22Mo9Nb
NiCr22Mo9Nb
NiCr21Mo
NiCu30 Al
NiCu30Al
NiCr20TiAI
NiCr19FeNbMo
NiCr16fE7TiAl
NiFe25Cr20NbTi
NiCr19Fe19NbMo
S-NiCr13A16MoNb
NiFe35Cr14MoTi
CoCr20W15Ni
C0Cr22W14Ni
NiCr15Fe7TiAl
G-NiMo28
G-NiMo30
NiCr19Co11MoTi
TiAl5Sn2
Ti 1
Ti 1 pd
NiCo15Cr10MoAITi
TiCu2
TiAl6Sn2Zr4Mo2Si
TiAl6V4
TiAl4Mo4Sn2
TiAl 3 V 2.5
TiAl4Mo4Sn4Si0.5
TiAl5Sn2.5
TiAl6V4
TiAl6V4ELI

NA 13
HR 5,203-4
HR5,203-4
NA 21
NA 16
NA 18
3072-76
Hr40;601

HR83146-3EN

AFNOR
Z 12 NCS 35.16
Z 12 NCS 37.18
NC20K14
Z 42 CNKDWNb
NU 30
NC22FeD
NC 20 T
NC20T
Nnc 30 Fe
NC 22 FeDNb
Inconel 625
NC 21 Fe DU
NU 30 AT
NC20TANC 19 Fe Nb
NC19eNB
NC12ADZSNCDT42
KC20WNKC22WNNC 15 TNb A
NC19KDT

2 TA 1TP 1
2 TA 21-24
TA 10-13;TA 28
TA 45-51; TA 57

T-A 6 V

TA14/17
TA10-13/TA28
TA11

T-A5E
T-A6V

		

		

UNI

UNE

		
XG50NiCr39 19

JIS

GOST

SUH330
SCH15

KhN38VT
KhN77TYuR

VT5-1
VT1-00Technical Information

SS

VT6

155
Die and Mold

ISCAR MATERIAL GROUPS

According to VDI 3323 Standard

Technical Information

		Material
AISI/SAE
Group

156

38
38
38
38
38
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
41
41
41

W1
W210
440C
Ni- Hard 2
Ni- Hard 1
Ni-Hard 4
A 532 lll A 25% Cr
A 532 lll A 25% Cr
310

Material No. DIN

BS

1.1545
1.15451.2762
1.41251.6746
0.96200.96250.96300.96400.96500.96551.24191.4841
0.96350.96450.9655

BW 1A
BW2

C 105 W1
C105W175 CrMoNiW 6 7
X105 CrMo 17
32 nIcRmO 14 5
G-X 260 NiCr 4 2
G-X 330 Ni Cr 4 2
G-X 300 CrNiSi 9 5 2
G-X 300 CrMoNi 15 2 1
G-X 260 Cr 27
G-X 300 CrNMo 27 1
105 WCr 6
X15 CrNiSi 25 20
G-X 300 CrMo 15 3
G-X 260 CrMoNi 20 2 1
G-X 300 CrNMo 27 1

832 M 31
Grade 2 A
Grade 2 B
Grade 3 D
Grade 3 E
105WC 13314 S31EN

AFNOR
Y1 105
Y120
Z 100 CD 17
35 NCD 14

Z 15 CNS 25-20

SS

UNI

UNE

JIS

GOST

1880
2900

C 100 KU
C120KUF-5118CF.515

SK 3
SUP4

U10A
U10A
95Ch18		

0512-00		

0513-00		
0466-00
					
			

ChWG
20Ch25N20S2

107 WCr 5 KU

Technical Information		157
Die and Mold

158

Technical Information

ISCAR LTD.
Headquarters
Tefen 24959, Israel
Tel +972 (0)4 997 0311
Fax +972 (0)4 987 3741
www.iscar.com
headquarter@iscar.co.il
Argentina
ISCAR TOOLS ARGENTINA SA
Monteagudo 222
1437 Buenos Aires
Tel +54 114 912 2200
Fax +54 114 912 4411
admin@iscararg.com.ar
Australia
Headquarters and Technical Centre
Norwest Business Park
30 Brookhollow Avenue
Baulkham Hills NSW 2153
Australian Technical Training Centre
Bell Street, Preston, Victoria, 3072
Tel +61 (0) 2 8848 3500
Fax +61 (0) 2 8848 3511
iscaraus@iscar.com.au
www.iscar.com.au
Austria
ISCAR AUSTRIA GmbHIm Stadtgut C 2
A-4407 Steyr-Gleink
Tel +43 7252 71200-0
Fax +43 7252 71200-999
office@iscar.at
www.iscar.at
BelarusJV ALC “TWING-M”
Slutskaya str. 3,223056 v. Sennitsa
Minsk district
Tel +375 17 506-32-38+375 17 506-33-31/65
Tel/Fax +375 17 506-32-37
info@twing.by
www.twing.by, www.iscar.by
Belgium
n.v. ISCAR BENELUX s.a.
Roekhout 13
B 1702 Dilbeek (Groot-Bijgaarden)
Tel +32 (0) 2 464 2020
Fax +32 (0) 2 522 5121
info@iscar.be
www.iscar.beBosnia(Representative Office)Kralja Tvrtka I br. 17
BIH- 72000 Zenica
Tel +387 32 201 100
Fax+387 32 201 101
info@iscar.ba
BrazilISCAR DO BRASIL COML. LTDA.
Rodovia Miguel Melhado Campos,
Km 79, Bairro Moinho
CEP: 13280-000 - Vinhedo - SP
Tel +55 19 3826-7100
Fax +55 19 3826-7171
DDG 0800 701 8877
iscar@iscarbrasil.com.br
www.iscar.com.br
Bulgaria
ISCAR BULGARIA
Starozagorska 1, Str.
Floor 1, Office G,
6100 Kazanlak
Tel/Fax +359 431 62557
aa_iscar@infotel.bg
CanadaISCAR TOOLS INC.
2100 Bristol Circle
Oakville, Ontario L6H 5R3
Tel +1 905 829 9000
Fax +1 905 829 9100
admin@iscar.ca
www.iscar.ca
China
ISCAR CHINA
7B21, Hanwei Plaza,
7 Guanghua Road
Chaoyang District
Bejiing 100004
Tel +86 10 6561 0261/2/3
Fax +86 10 6561 0264
iscar@iscar.com.cn
www.iscar.com.cn

Croatia
ISCAR ALATI d.o.o.
J. Jelačiča 134
CRO-10430 Samobor
Tel +385 (0) 1 33 23 301
Fax +385 (0) 1 33 76 145
iscar@zg.t-com.hr
www.iscar.hr
Czech Republic
ISCAR CR s.r.o.
Mánesova 73, 301 00 Plzen
Tel +420 377 420 625
Fax +420 377 420 630
iscar@iscar.cz
www.iscar.cz
Finland
ISCAR FINLAND OY
Ahertajantie 602100 Espoo
Tel +358-(0)9-439 1420
Fax +358-(0)9-466 328
info@iscar.fi
FranceISCAR FRANCE SAS
8, Rue Georges Guynemer
78286 GUYANCOURT Cedex
Tel +33 (0)1 30 12 92 92
Fax +33 (0)1 30 43 88 22
info@iscar.fr
www.iscar.fr
Germany
ISCAR GERMANY GmbH
Eisenstockstrasse 14
D 76275 Ettlingen
Tel +49 (0) 72 43 9908-0
Fax +49 (0) 72 43 9908-93
gmbh@iscar.de
www.iscar.de
Hungary
ISCAR HUNGARY kft
Kassai u 151
H 1142 Budapest
Tel +36 1 251 5688
Fax +36 1 251 4757
iscar@iscar.hu
www.iscar.hu
Italy
ISCAR ITALIA srl
Via Mattei 49 / 51
20020 Arese [MI]Tel +39 02 93 528 1
Fax +39 02 93 528 213
marketing@iscaritalia.it
www.iscaritalia.it
Japan
ISCAR JAPAN LTD.
Head Office
15th Floor, Senri Asahi
Hankyu Building
1-5-3, Shinsenri-Higashimachi
Toyonaka-Shi,
Osaka 560-0082
Tel +81 6 6835 5471
Fax +81 6 6835 5472
iscar@iscar.co.jp
www.iscar.co.jp
Macedonia(Representative Office)Londonska 19/4
MK-1000 Skopje
Tel +389 2 309 02 52
Fax +389 2 309 02 54
info@iscar.com.mk
Mexico
ISCAR DE MÉXICO,S.A de C.V.
Fray Pedro de Gante 15
Col. Cimatario
Querétaro, Qro.
C.P. 76030
Tel +52 (442) 214 5505
Fax +52 (442) 214 5510
iscarmex@iscar.com.mx
www.iscar.com.mx
The Netherlands
ISCAR NEDERLAND B.V.
Postbus 704, 2800 AS Gouda
Tel +31 (0) 182 535523
Fax +31 (0) 182 572777
info@iscar.nl
www.iscar.nl

New Zealand
ISCAR PACIFIC LTD.
1/501 Mt. Wellington Hwy.
Mt. Wellington Auckland
Tel +64 9 5731280
Fax +64 9 5730781
iscar@iscarpac.co.nz
PolandISCAR POLAND Sp. z o.o.
ul. Gospodarcza 1440-432 Katowice
Tel +48 32 735 7700
Fax +48 32 735 7701
iscar@iscar.pl
www.iscar.pl
Portugal
ISCAR PORTUGAL, SA
Avd.Dr.Domingos Caetano de Sousa
Fracção B, Nº 541
4520-165 Santa Maria da FeiraTel +351 256 579950
Fax +351 256 586764
geral@iscarportugal.pt
www.iscarportugal.pt
Romania
ISCAR TOOLS SRLStr. Maramures nr. 38,
Corp 2, Otopeni,
jud. Ilfov, cod 010832
Tel +40 (0)312 286 614
Fax +40 (0)312 286 615
iscar-romania@iscar.com
RussiaMoscow
ISCAR RUSSIA CIS
Godovikova str. 9, build. 10129085 Moscow
Tel/fax +7 495 660 91 25/31
iscar@iscar.ru
www.iscar.ru
Chelyabinsk
ISCAR RF EAST LTD
Malogruzovaya str., 1 - office 605
454007, Chelyabinsk
Tel/fax +7 351 2450432
rfe@iscar.com
www.iscar.ru
SerbiaISCAR TOOLS d.o.o.
Autoput 22
SRB-11080 Zemun
Tel +381 11 314 90 38
Fax +381 11 314 91 47
info@iscartools.rs
Slovakia
ISCAR SR, s.r.o.
K múzeu 3010 03 Zilina
Tel +421 (0) 41 5074301
Fax +421 (0) 41 5074311
info@iscar.sk
www.iscar.sk
Slovenia
ISCAR SLOVENIJA d.o.o.
IOC, Motnica 14
SI-1236 Trzin
Tel +386 1 580 92 30
Fax +386 1 562 21 84
info@iscar.si
www.iscar.si
South Africa
ISCAR SOUTH AFRICA (PTY) LTD.
47 Lake Road
Longmeadow Business Estate - North
Extension 7, Modderfontein,
Edenvale, Gauteng
P.O. Box 392
Longmeadow Business Estate - North 1609
ShareCall 08600-47227
Tel +27 11 997 2700
Fax +27 11 388 9750
iscar@iscarsa.co.za
www.iscar.co.za
South Korea
ISCAR KOREA
304 Youggye-Ri,
Gachang-myeon
Dalsung-gun, Daegu 711-860
Tel +82 53 760 7590
Fax +82 53 767 7203
koss@taegutec.co.kr
www.iscarkorea.co.kr

Spain
ISCAR IBERICA SA
Parc Tecnològic del Vallès
Avda. Universitat Autònoma 19-21
08290 Cerdanyola-Barcelona
Tel +34 93 594 6484
Fax +34 93 582 4458
iscar@iscarib.es
www.iscarib.es
SwedenISCAR SVERIGE AB
Kungsangsvagen 17B
Box 845751 08 UppsalaTel +46 (0) 18 66 90 60
Fax +46 (0) 18 122 920
info@iscar.se
www.iscar.se
Switzerland
ISCAR HARTMETALL AG
Wespenstrasse 14
CH 8500 Frauenfeld
Tel +41 (0) 52 728 0850
Fax +41 (0) 52 728 0855
office@iscar.ch
www.iscar.ch
TaiwanISCAR TAIWAN LTD.
395, Da Duen South Road,
Taichung 408
Tel +886 (0)4-24731573
Fax +886 (0)4-24731530
iscar.taiwan@msa.hinet.net
www.iscar.org.tw
Thailand
ISCAR THAILAND LTD.
57, 59, 61, 63 Soi Samanchan-Babos
Sukhumvit Rd.
Phra Khanong, Khlong Toey
Bangkok 10110
Tel +66 (2) 7136633-8
Fax +66 (2) 7136632
iscar@iscarthailand.com
TurkeyISCAR KESICI TAKIM
TIC. VE IML. LTD. STI.
Gebze Organize Sanayi Bölgesi (GOSB)
Ihsan Dede Cad. No: 105
Gebze / Kocaeli
Tel +90 (262) 751 04 84 (Pbx)
Fax +90 (262) 751 04 85
iscar@iscar.com.tr
www.iscar.com.tr
Ukraine
ISCAR UKRAINE LLC
Volgodonska str., 66
02099 Kiev
Tel/fax +38 (044) 503-07-08
iscar_ua@iscar.com
www.iscar.ru
United Kingdom
ISCAR TOOLS LTD.
Woodgate Business Park
Bartley Green
Birmingham B32 3DE
Tel +44 (0) 121 422 8585
Fax +44 (0) 121 423 2789
sales@iscaruk.co.uk
www.iscaruk.co.uk
United States
ISCAR METALS INC.
300 Westway Place
Arlington, TX 76018-1021
Tel +1 817 258 3200
Tech Tel 1-877-BY-ISCAR
Fax +1 817 258 3221
info@iscarmetals.com
www.iscarmetals.com
Vietnam
ISCAR VIETNAM(Representative Office)Room D 2.8, Etown Building,
364 Cong Hoa, Tan Binh Dist.,
Ho Chi Minh City
Tel +84 38 123 519/20
Fax +84 38 123 521
iscarvn@hcm.fpt.vn© ISCAR LTD.
All rights reserved
02/20177861458

ISCAR’s Quick
Reference Guide for
Die and Mold Making

www.iscar.com